]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // ============================================================================ | |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // ============================================================================ | |
15 | ||
16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ | |
21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" | |
22 | #endif | |
23 | ||
24 | // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
26 | ||
27 | #include "wx/defs.h" | |
28 | ||
29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
30 | #pragma hdrstop | |
31 | #endif | |
32 | ||
33 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
34 | ||
35 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
36 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
49 | ||
50 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
51 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
52 | ||
53 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
54 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
55 | #else | |
56 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
57 | #endif | |
58 | ||
59 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
60 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
61 | #else | |
62 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
63 | #endif | |
64 | ||
65 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
66 | #include <ctype.h> | |
67 | ||
68 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
69 | // array classes | |
70 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
71 | ||
72 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); | |
73 | ||
74 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
75 | { | |
76 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
77 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
78 | { | |
79 | } | |
80 | ||
81 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
82 | { | |
83 | attr->DecRef(); | |
84 | } | |
85 | ||
86 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
87 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
88 | ||
89 | // Cannot do this: | |
90 | // DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr) | |
91 | // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor. | |
92 | }; | |
93 | ||
94 | WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); | |
95 | ||
96 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
97 | ||
98 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
99 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
100 | ||
101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
102 | // events | |
103 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
104 | ||
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
118 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
119 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
120 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
121 | ||
122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
123 | // private classes | |
124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
125 | ||
126 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
127 | { | |
128 | public: | |
129 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
130 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
131 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
132 | ||
133 | private: | |
134 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
135 | ||
136 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
137 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
138 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
139 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
140 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
141 | ||
142 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
143 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
144 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
145 | }; | |
146 | ||
147 | ||
148 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
149 | { | |
150 | public: | |
151 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
152 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
153 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
154 | ||
155 | private: | |
156 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
157 | ||
158 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
159 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
160 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
161 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
162 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
163 | ||
164 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
165 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
166 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
167 | }; | |
168 | ||
169 | ||
170 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
171 | { | |
172 | public: | |
173 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
174 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
175 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
176 | ||
177 | private: | |
178 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
179 | ||
180 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
181 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
182 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
183 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
184 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
185 | ||
186 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
187 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
188 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
189 | }; | |
190 | ||
191 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxWindow | |
192 | { | |
193 | public: | |
194 | wxGridWindow() | |
195 | { | |
196 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; | |
197 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
198 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
199 | } | |
200 | ||
201 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
202 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
203 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
204 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
205 | ~wxGridWindow(); | |
206 | ||
207 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
208 | ||
209 | wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; } | |
210 | ||
211 | private: | |
212 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
213 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
214 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
215 | ||
216 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
217 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
218 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
219 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
220 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
221 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
222 | ||
223 | ||
224 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
225 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
226 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
227 | }; | |
228 | ||
229 | ||
230 | ||
231 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
232 | { | |
233 | public: | |
234 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() | |
235 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) | |
236 | { } | |
237 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
238 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) | |
239 | { } | |
240 | ||
241 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
242 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
243 | ||
244 | private: | |
245 | wxGrid* m_grid; | |
246 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
247 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
248 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
249 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
250 | }; | |
251 | ||
252 | ||
253 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
254 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
255 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
256 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
257 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
258 | ||
259 | ||
260 | ||
261 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
262 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
263 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
264 | ||
265 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
266 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData | |
267 | { | |
268 | public: | |
269 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
270 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
271 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
272 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
273 | ||
274 | private: | |
275 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
276 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
277 | ||
278 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
279 | }; | |
280 | ||
281 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
282 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
283 | { | |
284 | public: | |
285 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
286 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } | |
287 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
288 | ||
289 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
290 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
291 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
292 | ||
293 | private: | |
294 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
295 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
296 | }; | |
297 | ||
298 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
299 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
300 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
301 | { | |
302 | public: | |
303 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
304 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
305 | m_colAttrs; | |
306 | }; | |
307 | ||
308 | ||
309 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
310 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
311 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
312 | ||
313 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
314 | { | |
315 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
316 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
317 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
318 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
319 | { } | |
320 | ||
321 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
322 | { | |
323 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
324 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
325 | } | |
326 | ||
327 | wxString m_typeName; | |
328 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
329 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
330 | ||
331 | DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo) | |
332 | }; | |
333 | ||
334 | ||
335 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); | |
336 | ||
337 | ||
338 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry | |
339 | { | |
340 | public: | |
341 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
342 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
343 | ||
344 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
345 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
346 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
347 | ||
348 | // find one of already registered data types | |
349 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
350 | ||
351 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
352 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
353 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
354 | ||
355 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
356 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
357 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
358 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
359 | ||
360 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
361 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
362 | ||
363 | private: | |
364 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
365 | }; | |
366 | ||
367 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
368 | // conditional compilation | |
369 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
370 | ||
371 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
372 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
373 | #endif | |
374 | ||
375 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
376 | // globals | |
377 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
378 | ||
379 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
380 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
381 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
382 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
383 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
384 | ||
385 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
386 | // constants | |
387 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
388 | ||
389 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
390 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
391 | ||
392 | // scroll line size | |
393 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
394 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
395 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
396 | // | |
397 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
398 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
399 | // -- Robin | |
400 | // | |
401 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
402 | // fixing anyhow | |
403 | // -- Vadim | |
404 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
405 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
406 | ||
407 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
408 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
409 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
410 | ||
411 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
412 | // private functions | |
413 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
414 | ||
415 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
416 | { | |
417 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
418 | } | |
419 | ||
420 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
421 | { | |
422 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
423 | } | |
424 | ||
425 | // ============================================================================ | |
426 | // implementation | |
427 | // ============================================================================ | |
428 | ||
429 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
430 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
431 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
432 | ||
433 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
434 | { | |
435 | m_control = NULL; | |
436 | m_attr = NULL; | |
437 | } | |
438 | ||
439 | ||
440 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
441 | { | |
442 | Destroy(); | |
443 | } | |
444 | ||
445 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
446 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
447 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
448 | { | |
449 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
450 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
451 | } | |
452 | ||
453 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
454 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
455 | { | |
456 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
457 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
458 | wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow); | |
459 | if (gridWindow) | |
460 | gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc); | |
461 | ||
462 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
463 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
464 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
465 | ||
466 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
467 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
468 | } | |
469 | ||
470 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
471 | { | |
472 | if (m_control) | |
473 | { | |
474 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); | |
475 | ||
476 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
477 | m_control = NULL; | |
478 | } | |
479 | } | |
480 | ||
481 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
482 | { | |
483 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
484 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
485 | m_control->Show(show); | |
486 | ||
487 | if ( show ) | |
488 | { | |
489 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
490 | if ( attr ) | |
491 | { | |
492 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
493 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
494 | ||
495 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
496 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
497 | ||
498 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
499 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
500 | ||
501 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
502 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
503 | } | |
504 | } | |
505 | else | |
506 | { | |
507 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
508 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
509 | { | |
510 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
511 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
515 | { | |
516 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
517 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
518 | } | |
519 | ||
520 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
521 | { | |
522 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
523 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
524 | } | |
525 | } | |
526 | } | |
527 | ||
528 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
529 | { | |
530 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
531 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
532 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
533 | } | |
534 | ||
535 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
536 | { | |
537 | event.Skip(); | |
538 | } | |
539 | ||
540 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
541 | { | |
542 | // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta | |
543 | return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown()); | |
544 | } | |
545 | ||
546 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
547 | { | |
548 | event.Skip(); | |
549 | } | |
550 | ||
551 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
552 | { | |
553 | } | |
554 | ||
555 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
556 | ||
557 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
558 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
559 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
560 | ||
561 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
562 | { | |
563 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
564 | } | |
565 | ||
566 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
567 | wxWindowID id, | |
568 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
569 | { | |
570 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
571 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
572 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
573 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_MULTILINE | | |
574 | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
575 | #endif | |
576 | ); | |
577 | ||
578 | // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set | |
579 | if (m_maxChars != 0) | |
580 | { | |
581 | ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars); | |
582 | } | |
583 | ||
584 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
585 | } | |
586 | ||
587 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
588 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
589 | { | |
590 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
591 | // flicker | |
592 | } | |
593 | ||
594 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
595 | { | |
596 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
597 | ||
598 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal | |
599 | // margins | |
600 | // | |
601 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for | |
602 | // unix | |
603 | // | |
604 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
605 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
606 | { | |
607 | rect.x += 1; | |
608 | rect.y += 1; | |
609 | rect.width -= 1; | |
610 | rect.height -= 1; | |
611 | } | |
612 | #else // !GTK | |
613 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
614 | ||
615 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show | |
616 | // when the editor is in the first row. | |
617 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
618 | int extra_y = 2; | |
619 | #else | |
620 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
621 | #endif // MSW | |
622 | ||
623 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
624 | extra_x *= 2; | |
625 | extra_y *= 2; | |
626 | #endif | |
627 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
628 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
629 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); | |
630 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); | |
631 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
632 | ||
633 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
634 | } | |
635 | ||
636 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
637 | { | |
638 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
639 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
640 | ||
641 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
642 | ||
643 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
644 | } | |
645 | ||
646 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
647 | { | |
648 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
649 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
650 | Text()->SetSelection(-1,-1); | |
651 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
652 | } | |
653 | ||
654 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
655 | wxGrid* grid) | |
656 | { | |
657 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
658 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
659 | ||
660 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
661 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
662 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
663 | changed = TRUE; | |
664 | ||
665 | if (changed) | |
666 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
667 | ||
668 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
669 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
670 | ||
671 | return changed; | |
672 | } | |
673 | ||
674 | ||
675 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
676 | { | |
677 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
678 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
679 | ||
680 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
681 | } | |
682 | ||
683 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
684 | { | |
685 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
686 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
687 | } | |
688 | ||
689 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
690 | { | |
691 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
692 | { | |
693 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
694 | switch ( keycode ) | |
695 | { | |
696 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
697 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
698 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
699 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
700 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
701 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
702 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
703 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
704 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
705 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
706 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
707 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
708 | case WXK_ADD: | |
709 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
710 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
711 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
712 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
713 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
714 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
715 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
716 | return TRUE; | |
717 | ||
718 | default: | |
719 | // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees | |
720 | if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) ) | |
721 | return TRUE; | |
722 | } | |
723 | } | |
724 | ||
725 | return FALSE; | |
726 | } | |
727 | ||
728 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
729 | { | |
730 | if ( !Text()->EmulateKeyPress(event) ) | |
731 | { | |
732 | event.Skip(); | |
733 | } | |
734 | } | |
735 | ||
736 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
737 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
738 | { | |
739 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
740 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
741 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
742 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
743 | s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos); | |
744 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
745 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
746 | #else | |
747 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
748 | // | |
749 | event.Skip(); | |
750 | #endif | |
751 | } | |
752 | ||
753 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
754 | { | |
755 | if ( !params ) | |
756 | { | |
757 | // reset to default | |
758 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
759 | } | |
760 | else | |
761 | { | |
762 | long tmp; | |
763 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
764 | { | |
765 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
766 | } | |
767 | else | |
768 | { | |
769 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
770 | } | |
771 | } | |
772 | } | |
773 | ||
774 | // return the value in the text control | |
775 | wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const | |
776 | { | |
777 | return Text()->GetValue(); | |
778 | } | |
779 | ||
780 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
781 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
782 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
783 | ||
784 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
785 | { | |
786 | m_min = min; | |
787 | m_max = max; | |
788 | } | |
789 | ||
790 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
791 | wxWindowID id, | |
792 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
793 | { | |
794 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
795 | { | |
796 | // create a spin ctrl | |
797 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, | |
798 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
799 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
800 | m_min, m_max); | |
801 | ||
802 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
803 | } | |
804 | else | |
805 | { | |
806 | // just a text control | |
807 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
808 | ||
809 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
810 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
811 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
812 | } | |
813 | } | |
814 | ||
815 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
816 | { | |
817 | // first get the value | |
818 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
819 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
820 | { | |
821 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
822 | } | |
823 | else | |
824 | { | |
825 | m_valueOld = 0; | |
826 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
827 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty()) | |
828 | { | |
829 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
830 | return; | |
831 | } | |
832 | } | |
833 | ||
834 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
835 | { | |
836 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
837 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
838 | } | |
839 | else | |
840 | { | |
841 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
842 | } | |
843 | } | |
844 | ||
845 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
846 | wxGrid* grid) | |
847 | { | |
848 | bool changed; | |
849 | long value = 0; | |
850 | wxString text; | |
851 | ||
852 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
853 | { | |
854 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
855 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
856 | if (changed) | |
857 | text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
858 | } | |
859 | else | |
860 | { | |
861 | text = Text()->GetValue(); | |
862 | changed = (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
863 | } | |
864 | ||
865 | if ( changed ) | |
866 | { | |
867 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
868 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
869 | else | |
870 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
871 | } | |
872 | ||
873 | return changed; | |
874 | } | |
875 | ||
876 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
877 | { | |
878 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
879 | { | |
880 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
881 | } | |
882 | else | |
883 | { | |
884 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
885 | } | |
886 | } | |
887 | ||
888 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
889 | { | |
890 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
891 | { | |
892 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
893 | switch ( keycode ) | |
894 | { | |
895 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
896 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
897 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
898 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
899 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
900 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
901 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
902 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
903 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
904 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
905 | case WXK_ADD: | |
906 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
907 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
908 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
909 | case WXK_UP: | |
910 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
911 | return TRUE; | |
912 | ||
913 | default: | |
914 | if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) ) | |
915 | return TRUE; | |
916 | } | |
917 | } | |
918 | ||
919 | return FALSE; | |
920 | } | |
921 | ||
922 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
923 | { | |
924 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
925 | { | |
926 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
927 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' | |
928 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD0 | |
929 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD1 | |
930 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD2 | |
931 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD3 | |
932 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD4 | |
933 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD5 | |
934 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD6 | |
935 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD7 | |
936 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD8 | |
937 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD9 | |
938 | || keycode == WXK_ADD | |
939 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_ADD | |
940 | || keycode == WXK_SUBTRACT | |
941 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT) | |
942 | { | |
943 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
944 | ||
945 | // skip Skip() below | |
946 | return; | |
947 | } | |
948 | } | |
949 | ||
950 | event.Skip(); | |
951 | } | |
952 | ||
953 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
954 | { | |
955 | if ( !params ) | |
956 | { | |
957 | // reset to default | |
958 | m_min = | |
959 | m_max = -1; | |
960 | } | |
961 | else | |
962 | { | |
963 | long tmp; | |
964 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
965 | { | |
966 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
967 | ||
968 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
969 | { | |
970 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
971 | ||
972 | // skip the error message below | |
973 | return; | |
974 | } | |
975 | } | |
976 | ||
977 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
978 | } | |
979 | } | |
980 | ||
981 | // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise) | |
982 | wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const | |
983 | { | |
984 | wxString s; | |
985 | ||
986 | if( HasRange() ) | |
987 | { | |
988 | long value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
989 | s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value); | |
990 | } | |
991 | else | |
992 | { | |
993 | s = Text()->GetValue(); | |
994 | } | |
995 | return s; | |
996 | } | |
997 | ||
998 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
999 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
1000 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1001 | ||
1002 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | m_width = width; | |
1005 | m_precision = precision; | |
1006 | } | |
1007 | ||
1008 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1009 | wxWindowID id, | |
1010 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1011 | { | |
1012 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1013 | ||
1014 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1015 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
1016 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
1017 | } | |
1018 | ||
1019 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1020 | { | |
1021 | // first get the value | |
1022 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
1023 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1024 | { | |
1025 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1026 | } | |
1027 | else | |
1028 | { | |
1029 | m_valueOld = 0.0; | |
1030 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1031 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.IsEmpty()) | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
1034 | return; | |
1035 | } | |
1036 | } | |
1037 | ||
1038 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
1039 | } | |
1040 | ||
1041 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1042 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1043 | { | |
1044 | double value = 0.0; | |
1045 | wxString text(Text()->GetValue()); | |
1046 | ||
1047 | if ( (text.IsEmpty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld) ) | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
1050 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
1051 | else | |
1052 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text); | |
1053 | ||
1054 | return TRUE; | |
1055 | } | |
1056 | return FALSE; | |
1057 | } | |
1058 | ||
1059 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
1060 | { | |
1061 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1062 | } | |
1063 | ||
1064 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1065 | { | |
1066 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1067 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' | |
1068 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD0 | |
1069 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD1 | |
1070 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD2 | |
1071 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD3 | |
1072 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD4 | |
1073 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD5 | |
1074 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD6 | |
1075 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD7 | |
1076 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD8 | |
1077 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD9 | |
1078 | || keycode == WXK_ADD | |
1079 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_ADD | |
1080 | || keycode == WXK_SUBTRACT | |
1081 | || keycode == WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT) | |
1082 | { | |
1083 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1084 | ||
1085 | // skip Skip() below | |
1086 | return; | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | ||
1089 | event.Skip(); | |
1090 | } | |
1091 | ||
1092 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | if ( !params ) | |
1095 | { | |
1096 | // reset to default | |
1097 | m_width = | |
1098 | m_precision = -1; | |
1099 | } | |
1100 | else | |
1101 | { | |
1102 | long tmp; | |
1103 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1104 | { | |
1105 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1106 | ||
1107 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1110 | ||
1111 | // skip the error message below | |
1112 | return; | |
1113 | } | |
1114 | } | |
1115 | ||
1116 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1117 | } | |
1118 | } | |
1119 | ||
1120 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1121 | { | |
1122 | wxString fmt; | |
1123 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1124 | { | |
1125 | // default width/precision | |
1126 | fmt = _T("%f"); | |
1127 | } | |
1128 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1129 | { | |
1130 | // default precision | |
1131 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1132 | } | |
1133 | else | |
1134 | { | |
1135 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1136 | } | |
1137 | ||
1138 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1139 | } | |
1140 | ||
1141 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1142 | { | |
1143 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1144 | { | |
1145 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1146 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1147 | { | |
1148 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
1149 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
1150 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
1151 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
1152 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
1153 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
1154 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
1155 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
1156 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
1157 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
1158 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1159 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1160 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1161 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1162 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
1163 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
1164 | return TRUE; | |
1165 | ||
1166 | default: | |
1167 | // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6' | |
1168 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1169 | (isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') ) | |
1170 | return TRUE; | |
1171 | } | |
1172 | } | |
1173 | ||
1174 | return FALSE; | |
1175 | } | |
1176 | ||
1177 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1178 | ||
1179 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1180 | ||
1181 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1182 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1183 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1184 | ||
1185 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1186 | wxWindowID id, | |
1187 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1188 | { | |
1189 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1190 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1191 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1192 | ||
1193 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1194 | } | |
1195 | ||
1196 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1197 | { | |
1198 | bool resize = FALSE; | |
1199 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1200 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1201 | ||
1202 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1203 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1204 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1205 | { | |
1206 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1207 | size = sizeBest; | |
1208 | ||
1209 | resize = TRUE; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | ||
1212 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1213 | { | |
1214 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1215 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1216 | ||
1217 | resize = TRUE; | |
1218 | } | |
1219 | ||
1220 | if ( resize ) | |
1221 | { | |
1222 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | ||
1225 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1226 | ||
1227 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1228 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1229 | // so shift it to the right | |
1230 | size.x -= 8; | |
1231 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1232 | // here too, but in other way | |
1233 | size.x += 1; | |
1234 | size.y -= 2; | |
1235 | #endif | |
1236 | ||
1237 | int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1238 | int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
1239 | if (GetCellAttr()) | |
1240 | GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign); | |
1241 | ||
1242 | int x = 0, y = 0; | |
1243 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | x = r.x + 2; | |
1246 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1247 | x += 2; | |
1248 | #endif | |
1249 | y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1250 | } | |
1251 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
1252 | { | |
1253 | x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2; | |
1254 | y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
1257 | { | |
1258 | x = r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
1259 | y = r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1260 | } | |
1261 | ||
1262 | m_control->Move(x, y); | |
1263 | } | |
1264 | ||
1265 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1266 | { | |
1267 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1268 | ||
1269 | if ( show ) | |
1270 | { | |
1271 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1272 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1273 | } | |
1274 | } | |
1275 | ||
1276 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1277 | { | |
1278 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1279 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1280 | ||
1281 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1282 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1283 | else | |
1284 | { | |
1285 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1286 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
1287 | } | |
1288 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1289 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1290 | } | |
1291 | ||
1292 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1293 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1294 | { | |
1295 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1296 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1297 | ||
1298 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
1299 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1300 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1301 | changed = TRUE; | |
1302 | ||
1303 | if ( changed ) | |
1304 | { | |
1305 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1306 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1307 | else | |
1308 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1309 | } | |
1310 | ||
1311 | return changed; | |
1312 | } | |
1313 | ||
1314 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1315 | { | |
1316 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1317 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1318 | ||
1319 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1320 | } | |
1321 | ||
1322 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1323 | { | |
1324 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1325 | } | |
1326 | ||
1327 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1328 | { | |
1329 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1330 | { | |
1331 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1332 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1333 | { | |
1334 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
1335 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
1336 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1337 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1338 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1339 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1340 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1341 | case '+': | |
1342 | case '-': | |
1343 | return TRUE; | |
1344 | } | |
1345 | } | |
1346 | ||
1347 | return FALSE; | |
1348 | } | |
1349 | ||
1350 | // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false | |
1351 | wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const | |
1352 | { | |
1353 | bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1354 | return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString; | |
1355 | } | |
1356 | ||
1357 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1358 | ||
1359 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1360 | ||
1361 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1362 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1363 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1364 | ||
1365 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1366 | const wxString choices[], | |
1367 | bool allowOthers) | |
1368 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1369 | { | |
1370 | if ( count ) | |
1371 | { | |
1372 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1373 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1376 | } | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | } | |
1379 | ||
1380 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1383 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1384 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1385 | ||
1386 | return editor; | |
1387 | } | |
1388 | ||
1389 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1390 | wxWindowID id, | |
1391 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1392 | { | |
1393 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1394 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; | |
1395 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1396 | { | |
1397 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; | |
1398 | } | |
1399 | ||
1400 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1401 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1402 | count, choices, | |
1403 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1404 | ||
1405 | delete [] choices; | |
1406 | ||
1407 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1408 | } | |
1409 | ||
1410 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1411 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1412 | { | |
1413 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1414 | // flicker | |
1415 | ||
1416 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1417 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to | |
1418 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... | |
1419 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1420 | } | |
1421 | ||
1422 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1423 | { | |
1424 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1425 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1426 | ||
1427 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1428 | ||
1429 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1430 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1431 | else | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | // find the right position, or default to the first if not found | |
1434 | int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue); | |
1435 | if (pos == -1) | |
1436 | pos = 0; | |
1437 | Combo()->SetSelection(pos); | |
1438 | } | |
1439 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1440 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1441 | } | |
1442 | ||
1443 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1444 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1445 | { | |
1446 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1447 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; | |
1448 | ||
1449 | if ( changed ) | |
1450 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1451 | ||
1452 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1453 | if (m_allowOthers) | |
1454 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1455 | else | |
1456 | Combo()->SetSelection(0); | |
1457 | ||
1458 | return changed; | |
1459 | } | |
1460 | ||
1461 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1462 | { | |
1463 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1464 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1465 | } | |
1466 | ||
1467 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1468 | { | |
1469 | if ( !params ) | |
1470 | { | |
1471 | // what can we do? | |
1472 | return; | |
1473 | } | |
1474 | ||
1475 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1476 | ||
1477 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1478 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1479 | { | |
1480 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1481 | } | |
1482 | } | |
1483 | ||
1484 | // return the value in the text control | |
1485 | wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const | |
1486 | { | |
1487 | return Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1488 | } | |
1489 | ||
1490 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1491 | ||
1492 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1493 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1494 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1495 | ||
1496 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1497 | { | |
1498 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1499 | { | |
1500 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1501 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1502 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1503 | break; | |
1504 | ||
1505 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1506 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1507 | break; | |
1508 | ||
1509 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1510 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1511 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1512 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1513 | break; | |
1514 | ||
1515 | ||
1516 | default: | |
1517 | event.Skip(); | |
1518 | } | |
1519 | } | |
1520 | ||
1521 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1522 | { | |
1523 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
1524 | { | |
1525 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1526 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1527 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1528 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1529 | break; | |
1530 | ||
1531 | default: | |
1532 | event.Skip(); | |
1533 | } | |
1534 | } | |
1535 | ||
1536 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1537 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1538 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1539 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1540 | ||
1541 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1542 | { | |
1543 | // nothing to do | |
1544 | } | |
1545 | ||
1546 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1547 | { | |
1548 | } | |
1549 | ||
1550 | // ============================================================================ | |
1551 | // renderer classes | |
1552 | // ============================================================================ | |
1553 | ||
1554 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1555 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1556 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1557 | ||
1558 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1559 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1560 | wxDC& dc, | |
1561 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1562 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1563 | bool isSelected) | |
1564 | { | |
1565 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1566 | ||
1567 | // grey out fields if the grid is disabled | |
1568 | if( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1569 | { | |
1570 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1571 | { | |
1572 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1573 | } | |
1574 | else | |
1575 | { | |
1576 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1577 | } | |
1578 | } | |
1579 | else | |
1580 | { | |
1581 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID)); | |
1582 | } | |
1583 | ||
1584 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1585 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1586 | } | |
1587 | ||
1588 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1589 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1590 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1591 | ||
1592 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, | |
1593 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1594 | wxDC& dc, | |
1595 | bool isSelected) | |
1596 | { | |
1597 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1598 | ||
1599 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1600 | ||
1601 | // different coloured text when the grid is disabled | |
1602 | if( grid.IsEnabled() ) | |
1603 | { | |
1604 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1605 | { | |
1606 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1607 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1608 | } | |
1609 | else | |
1610 | { | |
1611 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1612 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1613 | } | |
1614 | } | |
1615 | else | |
1616 | { | |
1617 | dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE)); | |
1618 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT)); | |
1619 | } | |
1620 | ||
1621 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1622 | } | |
1623 | ||
1624 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1625 | wxDC& dc, | |
1626 | const wxString& text) | |
1627 | { | |
1628 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1629 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1630 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1631 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1632 | { | |
1633 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1634 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | ||
1637 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1638 | ||
1639 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1640 | } | |
1641 | ||
1642 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1643 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1644 | wxDC& dc, | |
1645 | int row, int col) | |
1646 | { | |
1647 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1648 | } | |
1649 | ||
1650 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1651 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1652 | wxDC& dc, | |
1653 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1654 | int row, int col, | |
1655 | bool isSelected) | |
1656 | { | |
1657 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1658 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1659 | ||
1660 | // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased | |
1661 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1662 | ||
1663 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1664 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1665 | ||
1666 | int overflowCols = 0; | |
1667 | ||
1668 | if (attr.GetOverflow()) | |
1669 | { | |
1670 | int cols = grid.GetNumberCols(); | |
1671 | int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth(); | |
1672 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
1673 | attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <=0 | |
1674 | if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable()) | |
1675 | { | |
1676 | int i, c_cols, c_rows; | |
1677 | for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++) | |
1678 | { | |
1679 | bool is_empty = TRUE; | |
1680 | for (int j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++) | |
1681 | { | |
1682 | // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block | |
1683 | grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols); | |
1684 | if (c_rows > 0) c_rows = 0; | |
1685 | if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j+c_rows, i)) | |
1686 | { | |
1687 | is_empty = FALSE; | |
1688 | break; | |
1689 | } | |
1690 | } | |
1691 | if (is_empty) | |
1692 | rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i); | |
1693 | else | |
1694 | { | |
1695 | i--; | |
1696 | break; | |
1697 | } | |
1698 | if (rect.width >= best_width) break; | |
1699 | } | |
1700 | overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1; | |
1701 | if (overflowCols >= cols) overflowCols = cols - 1; | |
1702 | } | |
1703 | ||
1704 | if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight | |
1705 | { | |
1706 | hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned | |
1707 | wxRect clip = rect; | |
1708 | clip.x += rectCell.width; | |
1709 | // draw each overflow cell individually | |
1710 | int col_end = col+cell_cols+overflowCols; | |
1711 | if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols()) | |
1712 | col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
1713 | for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++) | |
1714 | { | |
1715 | clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1716 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1717 | dc.SetClippingRegion(clip); | |
1718 | ||
1719 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, | |
1720 | grid.IsInSelection(row,i)); | |
1721 | ||
1722 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1723 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1724 | clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1; | |
1725 | } | |
1726 | ||
1727 | rect = rectCell; | |
1728 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1729 | rect.width++; | |
1730 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
1731 | } | |
1732 | } | |
1733 | ||
1734 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1735 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1736 | ||
1737 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1738 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | ||
1741 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1742 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1743 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1744 | ||
1745 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1746 | { | |
1747 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1748 | wxString text; | |
1749 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1750 | { | |
1751 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1752 | } | |
1753 | else | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1756 | } | |
1757 | ||
1758 | return text; | |
1759 | } | |
1760 | ||
1761 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1762 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1763 | wxDC& dc, | |
1764 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1765 | int row, int col, | |
1766 | bool isSelected) | |
1767 | { | |
1768 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1769 | ||
1770 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1771 | ||
1772 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1773 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1774 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1775 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1776 | ||
1777 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1778 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1779 | ||
1780 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1781 | } | |
1782 | ||
1783 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1784 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1785 | wxDC& dc, | |
1786 | int row, int col) | |
1787 | { | |
1788 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1789 | } | |
1790 | ||
1791 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1792 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1793 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1794 | ||
1795 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1796 | { | |
1797 | SetWidth(width); | |
1798 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1799 | } | |
1800 | ||
1801 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1802 | { | |
1803 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1804 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1805 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1806 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1807 | ||
1808 | return renderer; | |
1809 | } | |
1810 | ||
1811 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1812 | { | |
1813 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1814 | ||
1815 | bool hasDouble; | |
1816 | double val; | |
1817 | wxString text; | |
1818 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1819 | { | |
1820 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1821 | hasDouble = TRUE; | |
1822 | } | |
1823 | else | |
1824 | { | |
1825 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1826 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
1827 | } | |
1828 | ||
1829 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
1830 | { | |
1831 | if ( !m_format ) | |
1832 | { | |
1833 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1834 | { | |
1835 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1836 | { | |
1837 | // default width/precision | |
1838 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
1839 | } | |
1840 | else | |
1841 | { | |
1842 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1843 | } | |
1844 | } | |
1845 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1846 | { | |
1847 | // default precision | |
1848 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1849 | } | |
1850 | else | |
1851 | { | |
1852 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1853 | } | |
1854 | } | |
1855 | ||
1856 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
1857 | ||
1858 | } | |
1859 | //else: text already contains the string | |
1860 | ||
1861 | return text; | |
1862 | } | |
1863 | ||
1864 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1865 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1866 | wxDC& dc, | |
1867 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1868 | int row, int col, | |
1869 | bool isSelected) | |
1870 | { | |
1871 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1872 | ||
1873 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1874 | ||
1875 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1876 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1877 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1878 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1879 | ||
1880 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1881 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1882 | ||
1883 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1884 | } | |
1885 | ||
1886 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1887 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1888 | wxDC& dc, | |
1889 | int row, int col) | |
1890 | { | |
1891 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1892 | } | |
1893 | ||
1894 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1895 | { | |
1896 | if ( !params ) | |
1897 | { | |
1898 | // reset to defaults | |
1899 | SetWidth(-1); | |
1900 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
1901 | } | |
1902 | else | |
1903 | { | |
1904 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
1905 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1906 | { | |
1907 | long width; | |
1908 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
1909 | { | |
1910 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
1911 | } | |
1912 | else | |
1913 | { | |
1914 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1915 | } | |
1916 | ||
1917 | } | |
1918 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
1919 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | long precision; | |
1922 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
1923 | { | |
1924 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | else | |
1927 | { | |
1928 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1929 | } | |
1930 | ||
1931 | } | |
1932 | } | |
1933 | } | |
1934 | ||
1935 | ||
1936 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1937 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
1938 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1939 | ||
1940 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1941 | ||
1942 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
1943 | ||
1944 | // between checkmark and box | |
1945 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
1946 | ||
1947 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1948 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
1949 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
1950 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
1951 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
1952 | { | |
1953 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
1954 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
1955 | { | |
1956 | // get checkbox size | |
1957 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; | |
1958 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); | |
1959 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
1960 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
1961 | ||
1962 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
1963 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1964 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
1965 | #endif | |
1966 | ||
1967 | delete checkbox; | |
1968 | ||
1969 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
1970 | } | |
1971 | ||
1972 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1973 | } | |
1974 | ||
1975 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1976 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1977 | wxDC& dc, | |
1978 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1979 | int row, int col, | |
1980 | bool isSelected) | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
1983 | ||
1984 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
1985 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
1986 | ||
1987 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
1988 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
1989 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1990 | { | |
1991 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
1992 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1993 | } | |
1994 | ||
1995 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
1996 | int vAlign, hAlign; | |
1997 | attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1998 | ||
1999 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
2000 | if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE) | |
2001 | { | |
2002 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
2003 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
2004 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2005 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2006 | } | |
2007 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT) | |
2008 | { | |
2009 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2; | |
2010 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
2011 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2012 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2013 | } | |
2014 | else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT) | |
2015 | { | |
2016 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2; | |
2017 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
2018 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
2019 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
2020 | } | |
2021 | ||
2022 | bool value; | |
2023 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
2024 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
2025 | else | |
2026 | { | |
2027 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
2028 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) ); | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | ||
2031 | if ( value ) | |
2032 | { | |
2033 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
2034 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
2035 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
2036 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); | |
2037 | rectMark.x++; | |
2038 | rectMark.y++; | |
2039 | #else // !MSW | |
2040 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
2041 | #endif // MSW/!MSW | |
2042 | ||
2043 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
2044 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
2045 | } | |
2046 | ||
2047 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
2048 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
2049 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
2050 | } | |
2051 | ||
2052 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2053 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
2054 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2055 | ||
2056 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
2057 | { | |
2058 | m_nRef = 1; | |
2059 | ||
2060 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
2061 | ||
2062 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
2063 | m_editor = NULL; | |
2064 | ||
2065 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
2066 | ||
2067 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
2068 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
2069 | ||
2070 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
2071 | } | |
2072 | ||
2073 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
2074 | { | |
2075 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
2076 | ||
2077 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
2078 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
2079 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2080 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2081 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
2082 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
2083 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
2084 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
2085 | ||
2086 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
2087 | ||
2088 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
2091 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2092 | } | |
2093 | if ( m_editor ) | |
2094 | { | |
2095 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
2096 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2097 | } | |
2098 | ||
2099 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
2100 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
2101 | ||
2102 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
2103 | ||
2104 | return attr; | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | ||
2107 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
2108 | { | |
2109 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
2110 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
2111 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
2112 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
2113 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
2114 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
2115 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){ | |
2116 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
2117 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
2118 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2119 | } | |
2120 | ||
2121 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
2122 | ||
2123 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
2124 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
2125 | // | |
2126 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
2127 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
2128 | { | |
2129 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
2130 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
2131 | } | |
2132 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
2133 | { | |
2134 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
2135 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
2136 | } | |
2137 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
2138 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
2139 | ||
2140 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
2141 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
2142 | ||
2143 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
2144 | } | |
2145 | ||
2146 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
2147 | { | |
2148 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
2149 | ||
2150 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
2151 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
2152 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
2153 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
2154 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
2155 | ||
2156 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
2157 | ||
2158 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows>0)&&(num_cols<=0)) || | |
2159 | !((num_rows<=0)&&(num_cols>0)) || | |
2160 | !((num_rows==0)&&(num_cols==0))), | |
2161 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
2162 | ||
2163 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
2164 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
2165 | } | |
2166 | ||
2167 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
2168 | { | |
2169 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
2170 | { | |
2171 | return m_colText; | |
2172 | } | |
2173 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
2176 | } | |
2177 | else | |
2178 | { | |
2179 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2180 | return wxNullColour; | |
2181 | } | |
2182 | } | |
2183 | ||
2184 | ||
2185 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
2186 | { | |
2187 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
2188 | return m_colBack; | |
2189 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2190 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2191 | else | |
2192 | { | |
2193 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2194 | return wxNullColour; | |
2195 | } | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | ||
2198 | ||
2199 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
2200 | { | |
2201 | if (HasFont()) | |
2202 | return m_font; | |
2203 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2204 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
2205 | else | |
2206 | { | |
2207 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2208 | return wxNullFont; | |
2209 | } | |
2210 | } | |
2211 | ||
2212 | ||
2213 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
2214 | { | |
2215 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
2216 | { | |
2217 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
2218 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
2219 | } | |
2220 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
2221 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
2222 | else | |
2223 | { | |
2224 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
2225 | } | |
2226 | } | |
2227 | ||
2228 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
2229 | { | |
2230 | if ( num_rows ) *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
2231 | if ( num_cols ) *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
2232 | } | |
2233 | ||
2234 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
2235 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
2236 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
2237 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
2238 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
2239 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
2240 | ||
2241 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2242 | { | |
2243 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer; | |
2244 | ||
2245 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2246 | { | |
2247 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
2248 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2249 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2250 | } | |
2251 | else // no non default cell renderer | |
2252 | { | |
2253 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
2254 | if ( grid ) | |
2255 | { | |
2256 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2257 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2258 | } | |
2259 | else | |
2260 | { | |
2261 | renderer = NULL; | |
2262 | } | |
2263 | ||
2264 | if ( !renderer ) | |
2265 | { | |
2266 | if (m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2267 | { | |
2268 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2269 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2270 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2271 | } | |
2272 | else // default grid attr | |
2273 | { | |
2274 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2275 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2276 | if ( renderer ) | |
2277 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | } | |
2280 | } | |
2281 | ||
2282 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2283 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2284 | ||
2285 | return renderer; | |
2286 | } | |
2287 | ||
2288 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2289 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2290 | { | |
2291 | wxGridCellEditor *editor; | |
2292 | ||
2293 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2294 | { | |
2295 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2296 | editor = m_editor; | |
2297 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2298 | } | |
2299 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2300 | { | |
2301 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2302 | if ( grid ) | |
2303 | { | |
2304 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2305 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2306 | } | |
2307 | else | |
2308 | { | |
2309 | editor = NULL; | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | ||
2312 | if ( !editor ) | |
2313 | { | |
2314 | if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2315 | { | |
2316 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2317 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2318 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2319 | } | |
2320 | else // default grid attr | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2323 | editor = m_editor; | |
2324 | if ( editor ) | |
2325 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2326 | } | |
2327 | } | |
2328 | } | |
2329 | ||
2330 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2331 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2332 | ||
2333 | return editor; | |
2334 | } | |
2335 | ||
2336 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2337 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2338 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2339 | ||
2340 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2341 | { | |
2342 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2343 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2344 | { | |
2345 | // add the attribute | |
2346 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2347 | } | |
2348 | else | |
2349 | { | |
2350 | // free the old attribute | |
2351 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2352 | ||
2353 | if ( attr ) | |
2354 | { | |
2355 | // change the attribute | |
2356 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2357 | } | |
2358 | else | |
2359 | { | |
2360 | // remove this attribute | |
2361 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2362 | } | |
2363 | } | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | ||
2366 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2367 | { | |
2368 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2369 | ||
2370 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2371 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2372 | { | |
2373 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2374 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2375 | } | |
2376 | ||
2377 | return attr; | |
2378 | } | |
2379 | ||
2380 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2381 | { | |
2382 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2383 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2384 | { | |
2385 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2386 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2387 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2388 | { | |
2389 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2390 | { | |
2391 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2392 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2393 | } | |
2394 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2395 | { | |
2396 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2397 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2398 | { | |
2399 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2400 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2401 | } | |
2402 | else | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2405 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2406 | n--; count--; | |
2407 | } | |
2408 | } | |
2409 | } | |
2410 | } | |
2411 | } | |
2412 | ||
2413 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2414 | { | |
2415 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2416 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2417 | { | |
2418 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2419 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2420 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2421 | { | |
2422 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2423 | { | |
2424 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2425 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2428 | { | |
2429 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2430 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2431 | { | |
2432 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2433 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2434 | } | |
2435 | else | |
2436 | { | |
2437 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2438 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2439 | n--; count--; | |
2440 | } | |
2441 | } | |
2442 | } | |
2443 | } | |
2444 | } | |
2445 | ||
2446 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2449 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2450 | { | |
2451 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2452 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | return n; | |
2455 | } | |
2456 | } | |
2457 | ||
2458 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2459 | } | |
2460 | ||
2461 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2462 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2463 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2464 | ||
2465 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2466 | { | |
2467 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2468 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2469 | { | |
2470 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2471 | } | |
2472 | } | |
2473 | ||
2474 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2477 | ||
2478 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2479 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2480 | { | |
2481 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2482 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2483 | } | |
2484 | ||
2485 | return attr; | |
2486 | } | |
2487 | ||
2488 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2489 | { | |
2490 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2491 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2492 | { | |
2493 | // add the attribute | |
2494 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2495 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | else | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2500 | if ( attr ) | |
2501 | { | |
2502 | // change the attribute | |
2503 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2504 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | else | |
2507 | { | |
2508 | // remove this attribute | |
2509 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2510 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2511 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2512 | } | |
2513 | } | |
2514 | } | |
2515 | ||
2516 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2517 | { | |
2518 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2519 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2520 | { | |
2521 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2522 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2523 | { | |
2524 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2525 | { | |
2526 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2527 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2528 | } | |
2529 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2530 | { | |
2531 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2532 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2533 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2534 | else | |
2535 | { | |
2536 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2537 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2538 | n--; count--; | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | } | |
2541 | } | |
2542 | } | |
2543 | } | |
2544 | ||
2545 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2546 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2547 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2548 | ||
2549 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | ||
2554 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2555 | { | |
2556 | delete m_data; | |
2557 | } | |
2558 | ||
2559 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2562 | } | |
2563 | ||
2564 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2565 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2566 | { | |
2567 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2568 | if ( m_data ) | |
2569 | { | |
2570 | switch(kind) | |
2571 | { | |
2572 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2573 | //Get cached merge attributes. | |
2574 | // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable | |
2575 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2576 | if(!attr) | |
2577 | { | |
2578 | //Basicaly implement old version. | |
2579 | //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2580 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2581 | *attrrow = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2582 | *attrcol = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2583 | ||
2584 | attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2585 | attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2586 | attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2587 | ||
2588 | if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow !=attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){ | |
2589 | // Two or move are non NULL | |
2590 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2591 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2592 | ||
2593 | //Order important.. | |
2594 | if(attrcell){ | |
2595 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2596 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2597 | } | |
2598 | if(attrcol){ | |
2599 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2600 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2601 | } | |
2602 | if(attrrow){ | |
2603 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2604 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | //store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2607 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2608 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2609 | } | |
2610 | else | |
2611 | { | |
2612 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2613 | if(attrrow) attr = attrrow; | |
2614 | if(attrcol) attr = attrcol; | |
2615 | if(attrcell) attr = attrcell; | |
2616 | } | |
2617 | } | |
2618 | break; | |
2619 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2620 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2621 | break; | |
2622 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2623 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2624 | break; | |
2625 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2626 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2627 | break; | |
2628 | default: | |
2629 | // unused as yet... | |
2630 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2631 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2632 | break; | |
2633 | } | |
2634 | } | |
2635 | return attr; | |
2636 | } | |
2637 | ||
2638 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2639 | int row, int col) | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2642 | InitData(); | |
2643 | ||
2644 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | ||
2647 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2648 | { | |
2649 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2650 | InitData(); | |
2651 | ||
2652 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2653 | } | |
2654 | ||
2655 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2656 | { | |
2657 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2658 | InitData(); | |
2659 | ||
2660 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | ||
2663 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2664 | { | |
2665 | if ( m_data ) | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2668 | ||
2669 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2670 | } | |
2671 | } | |
2672 | ||
2673 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2674 | { | |
2675 | if ( m_data ) | |
2676 | { | |
2677 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2678 | ||
2679 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2680 | } | |
2681 | } | |
2682 | ||
2683 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2684 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2685 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2686 | ||
2687 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2688 | { | |
2689 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2690 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2691 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2692 | } | |
2693 | ||
2694 | ||
2695 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2696 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2697 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2698 | { | |
2699 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2700 | ||
2701 | // is it already registered? | |
2702 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2703 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2704 | { | |
2705 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2706 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2707 | } | |
2708 | else | |
2709 | { | |
2710 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2711 | } | |
2712 | } | |
2713 | ||
2714 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2715 | { | |
2716 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2717 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2718 | { | |
2719 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | return i; | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | } | |
2724 | ||
2725 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2726 | } | |
2727 | ||
2728 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2729 | { | |
2730 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2731 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2732 | { | |
2733 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2734 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2735 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2736 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2737 | { | |
2738 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2739 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2740 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2741 | } else | |
2742 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2743 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2744 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2745 | { | |
2746 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2747 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2748 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2749 | } else | |
2750 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2751 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2752 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2755 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2756 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2757 | } | |
2758 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2761 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2762 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2763 | } else | |
2764 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2765 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2766 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2767 | { | |
2768 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2769 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2770 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2771 | } else | |
2772 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2775 | } | |
2776 | ||
2777 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2778 | // the last index | |
2779 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | ||
2782 | return index; | |
2783 | } | |
2784 | ||
2785 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2786 | { | |
2787 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2788 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2789 | { | |
2790 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2791 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2792 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2793 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2794 | { | |
2795 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2796 | } | |
2797 | ||
2798 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
2799 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
2800 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
2801 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
2802 | ||
2803 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
2804 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
2805 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
2806 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
2807 | ||
2808 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
2809 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
2810 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
2811 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
2812 | ||
2813 | // register the new typename | |
2814 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2815 | ||
2816 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
2817 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2818 | } | |
2819 | ||
2820 | return index; | |
2821 | } | |
2822 | ||
2823 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
2824 | { | |
2825 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
2826 | if (renderer) | |
2827 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2828 | return renderer; | |
2829 | } | |
2830 | ||
2831 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
2832 | { | |
2833 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
2834 | if (editor) | |
2835 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2836 | return editor; | |
2837 | } | |
2838 | ||
2839 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2840 | // wxGridTableBase | |
2841 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2842 | ||
2843 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
2844 | ||
2845 | ||
2846 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
2847 | { | |
2848 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
2849 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
2850 | } | |
2851 | ||
2852 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
2853 | { | |
2854 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2855 | } | |
2856 | ||
2857 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
2858 | { | |
2859 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2860 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
2861 | } | |
2862 | ||
2863 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
2864 | { | |
2865 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
2866 | { | |
2867 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
2868 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
2869 | } | |
2870 | return TRUE; | |
2871 | } | |
2872 | ||
2873 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
2874 | { | |
2875 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2876 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
2877 | else | |
2878 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2879 | } | |
2880 | ||
2881 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
2882 | { | |
2883 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2884 | { | |
2885 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
2886 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2887 | } | |
2888 | else | |
2889 | { | |
2890 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2891 | // free it now | |
2892 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2893 | } | |
2894 | } | |
2895 | ||
2896 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2897 | { | |
2898 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2899 | { | |
2900 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
2901 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
2902 | } | |
2903 | else | |
2904 | { | |
2905 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2906 | // free it now | |
2907 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2908 | } | |
2909 | } | |
2910 | ||
2911 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2912 | { | |
2913 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2914 | { | |
2915 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
2916 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
2917 | } | |
2918 | else | |
2919 | { | |
2920 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2921 | // free it now | |
2922 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2923 | } | |
2924 | } | |
2925 | ||
2926 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2927 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2928 | { | |
2929 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
2930 | ||
2931 | return FALSE; | |
2932 | } | |
2933 | ||
2934 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2935 | { | |
2936 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2937 | ||
2938 | return FALSE; | |
2939 | } | |
2940 | ||
2941 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2942 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2943 | { | |
2944 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2945 | ||
2946 | return FALSE; | |
2947 | } | |
2948 | ||
2949 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2950 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2951 | { | |
2952 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2953 | ||
2954 | return FALSE; | |
2955 | } | |
2956 | ||
2957 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2958 | { | |
2959 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2960 | ||
2961 | return FALSE; | |
2962 | } | |
2963 | ||
2964 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2965 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2966 | { | |
2967 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2968 | ||
2969 | return FALSE; | |
2970 | } | |
2971 | ||
2972 | ||
2973 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2974 | { | |
2975 | wxString s; | |
2976 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter | |
2977 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
2978 | return s; | |
2979 | } | |
2980 | ||
2981 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | // default col labels are: | |
2984 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
2985 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
2986 | // etc. | |
2987 | ||
2988 | wxString s; | |
2989 | unsigned int i, n; | |
2990 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
2991 | { | |
2992 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); | |
2993 | col = col/26 - 1; | |
2994 | if ( col < 0 ) break; | |
2995 | } | |
2996 | ||
2997 | // reverse the string... | |
2998 | wxString s2; | |
2999 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
3000 | { | |
3001 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | ||
3004 | return s2; | |
3005 | } | |
3006 | ||
3007 | ||
3008 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3009 | { | |
3010 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3011 | } | |
3012 | ||
3013 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3014 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
3015 | { | |
3016 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
3017 | } | |
3018 | ||
3019 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
3022 | } | |
3023 | ||
3024 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3025 | { | |
3026 | return 0; | |
3027 | } | |
3028 | ||
3029 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3030 | { | |
3031 | return 0.0; | |
3032 | } | |
3033 | ||
3034 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
3035 | { | |
3036 | return FALSE; | |
3037 | } | |
3038 | ||
3039 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3040 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3041 | { | |
3042 | } | |
3043 | ||
3044 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3045 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3046 | { | |
3047 | } | |
3048 | ||
3049 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3050 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3051 | { | |
3052 | } | |
3053 | ||
3054 | ||
3055 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3056 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | return NULL; | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | ||
3061 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
3062 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
3063 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
3064 | { | |
3065 | } | |
3066 | ||
3067 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3068 | // | |
3069 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
3070 | // to the grid view | |
3071 | // | |
3072 | ||
3073 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
3074 | { | |
3075 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3076 | m_id = -1; | |
3077 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
3078 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | ||
3081 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
3082 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
3083 | { | |
3084 | m_table = table; | |
3085 | m_id = id; | |
3086 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
3087 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
3088 | } | |
3089 | ||
3090 | ||
3091 | ||
3092 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3093 | // | |
3094 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
3095 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
3096 | // | |
3097 | ||
3098 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
3099 | ||
3100 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
3101 | ||
3102 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
3103 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3104 | { | |
3105 | } | |
3106 | ||
3107 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
3108 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
3109 | { | |
3110 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
3111 | ||
3112 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3113 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
3114 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3115 | ||
3116 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | ||
3119 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
3120 | { | |
3121 | } | |
3122 | ||
3123 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
3124 | { | |
3125 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
3126 | } | |
3127 | ||
3128 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
3129 | { | |
3130 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
3131 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3132 | else | |
3133 | return 0; | |
3134 | } | |
3135 | ||
3136 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
3137 | { | |
3138 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3139 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3140 | ||
3141 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
3142 | } | |
3143 | ||
3144 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3145 | { | |
3146 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3147 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3148 | ||
3149 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
3150 | } | |
3151 | ||
3152 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
3153 | { | |
3154 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
3155 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
3156 | ||
3157 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
3158 | } | |
3159 | ||
3160 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
3161 | { | |
3162 | int row, col; | |
3163 | int numRows, numCols; | |
3164 | ||
3165 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3166 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
3167 | { | |
3168 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
3169 | ||
3170 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
3171 | { | |
3172 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
3173 | { | |
3174 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
3175 | } | |
3176 | } | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | } | |
3179 | ||
3180 | ||
3181 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3182 | { | |
3183 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3184 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3185 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3186 | ||
3187 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3188 | { | |
3189 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
3190 | } | |
3191 | ||
3192 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3193 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3194 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3195 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
3196 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3197 | { | |
3198 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3199 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
3200 | pos, | |
3201 | numRows ); | |
3202 | ||
3203 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3204 | } | |
3205 | ||
3206 | return TRUE; | |
3207 | } | |
3208 | ||
3209 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
3210 | { | |
3211 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3212 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3213 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3214 | ||
3215 | wxArrayString sa; | |
3216 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
3217 | { | |
3218 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
3219 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
3220 | } | |
3221 | ||
3222 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
3223 | ||
3224 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3225 | { | |
3226 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3227 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
3228 | numRows ); | |
3229 | ||
3230 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3231 | } | |
3232 | ||
3233 | return TRUE; | |
3234 | } | |
3235 | ||
3236 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3239 | ||
3240 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3241 | { | |
3242 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3243 | ( | |
3244 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
3245 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3246 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
3247 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
3248 | ) ); | |
3249 | ||
3250 | return FALSE; | |
3251 | } | |
3252 | ||
3253 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3254 | { | |
3255 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3256 | } | |
3257 | ||
3258 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3259 | { | |
3260 | m_data.Clear(); | |
3261 | } | |
3262 | else | |
3263 | { | |
3264 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
3265 | } | |
3266 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3267 | { | |
3268 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3269 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3270 | pos, | |
3271 | numRows ); | |
3272 | ||
3273 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3274 | } | |
3275 | ||
3276 | return TRUE; | |
3277 | } | |
3278 | ||
3279 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3280 | { | |
3281 | size_t row, col; | |
3282 | ||
3283 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3284 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3285 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3286 | ||
3287 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3288 | { | |
3289 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3290 | } | |
3291 | ||
3292 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3293 | { | |
3294 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3295 | { | |
3296 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3297 | } | |
3298 | } | |
3299 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3300 | { | |
3301 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3302 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3303 | pos, | |
3304 | numCols ); | |
3305 | ||
3306 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3307 | } | |
3308 | ||
3309 | return TRUE; | |
3310 | } | |
3311 | ||
3312 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3313 | { | |
3314 | size_t row; | |
3315 | ||
3316 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3317 | #if 0 | |
3318 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3319 | { | |
3320 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3321 | // | |
3322 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3323 | return FALSE; | |
3324 | } | |
3325 | #endif | |
3326 | ||
3327 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3328 | { | |
3329 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
3330 | } | |
3331 | ||
3332 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3333 | { | |
3334 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3335 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3336 | numCols ); | |
3337 | ||
3338 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3339 | } | |
3340 | ||
3341 | return TRUE; | |
3342 | } | |
3343 | ||
3344 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3345 | { | |
3346 | size_t row; | |
3347 | ||
3348 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3349 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3350 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3351 | ||
3352 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3353 | { | |
3354 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
3355 | ( | |
3356 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
3357 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
3358 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
3359 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
3360 | ) ); | |
3361 | return FALSE; | |
3362 | } | |
3363 | ||
3364 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
3365 | { | |
3366 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
3367 | } | |
3368 | ||
3369 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3370 | { | |
3371 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3372 | { | |
3373 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3374 | } | |
3375 | else | |
3376 | { | |
3377 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
3378 | } | |
3379 | } | |
3380 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3381 | { | |
3382 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3383 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3384 | pos, | |
3385 | numCols ); | |
3386 | ||
3387 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3388 | } | |
3389 | ||
3390 | return TRUE; | |
3391 | } | |
3392 | ||
3393 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3394 | { | |
3395 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3396 | { | |
3397 | // using default label | |
3398 | // | |
3399 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3400 | } | |
3401 | else | |
3402 | { | |
3403 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; | |
3404 | } | |
3405 | } | |
3406 | ||
3407 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | // using default label | |
3412 | // | |
3413 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3414 | } | |
3415 | else | |
3416 | { | |
3417 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; | |
3418 | } | |
3419 | } | |
3420 | ||
3421 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3422 | { | |
3423 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3424 | { | |
3425 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3426 | int i; | |
3427 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3428 | { | |
3429 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3430 | } | |
3431 | } | |
3432 | ||
3433 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3434 | } | |
3435 | ||
3436 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3437 | { | |
3438 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3441 | int i; | |
3442 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3443 | { | |
3444 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3445 | } | |
3446 | } | |
3447 | ||
3448 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3449 | } | |
3450 | ||
3451 | ||
3452 | ||
3453 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3454 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3455 | ||
3456 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3457 | ||
3458 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3459 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3460 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3461 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3462 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3463 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3464 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3465 | ||
3466 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3467 | wxWindowID id, | |
3468 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3469 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE ) | |
3470 | { | |
3471 | m_owner = parent; | |
3472 | } | |
3473 | ||
3474 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3475 | { | |
3476 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3477 | ||
3478 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3479 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3480 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3481 | // | |
3482 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3483 | ||
3484 | int x, y; | |
3485 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3486 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3487 | ||
3488 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3489 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows ); | |
3490 | } | |
3491 | ||
3492 | ||
3493 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3496 | } | |
3497 | ||
3498 | ||
3499 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3500 | { | |
3501 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3502 | } | |
3503 | ||
3504 | ||
3505 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3506 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3507 | // | |
3508 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3509 | { | |
3510 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3511 | } | |
3512 | ||
3513 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3514 | { | |
3515 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3516 | } | |
3517 | ||
3518 | ||
3519 | ||
3520 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3521 | ||
3522 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3523 | ||
3524 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3525 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3526 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3527 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3528 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3529 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3530 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3531 | ||
3532 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3533 | wxWindowID id, | |
3534 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3535 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE ) | |
3536 | { | |
3537 | m_owner = parent; | |
3538 | } | |
3539 | ||
3540 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3541 | { | |
3542 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3543 | ||
3544 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3545 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3546 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3547 | // | |
3548 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3549 | ||
3550 | int x, y; | |
3551 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3552 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3553 | ||
3554 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3555 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols ); | |
3556 | } | |
3557 | ||
3558 | ||
3559 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3560 | { | |
3561 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3562 | } | |
3563 | ||
3564 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3565 | { | |
3566 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3567 | } | |
3568 | ||
3569 | ||
3570 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3571 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3572 | // | |
3573 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3574 | { | |
3575 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3576 | } | |
3577 | ||
3578 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3579 | { | |
3580 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3581 | } | |
3582 | ||
3583 | ||
3584 | ||
3585 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3586 | ||
3587 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3588 | ||
3589 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3590 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3591 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3592 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) | |
3593 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3594 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3595 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3596 | ||
3597 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3598 | wxWindowID id, | |
3599 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3600 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE ) | |
3601 | { | |
3602 | m_owner = parent; | |
3603 | } | |
3604 | ||
3605 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3606 | { | |
3607 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3608 | ||
3609 | int client_height = 0; | |
3610 | int client_width = 0; | |
3611 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3612 | ||
3613 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) ); | |
3614 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); | |
3615 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); | |
3616 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3617 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3618 | ||
3619 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3620 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width-1, 1 ); | |
3621 | dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height-1 ); | |
3622 | } | |
3623 | ||
3624 | ||
3625 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3626 | { | |
3627 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3628 | } | |
3629 | ||
3630 | ||
3631 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3634 | } | |
3635 | ||
3636 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3637 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3638 | // | |
3639 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3640 | { | |
3641 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3642 | } | |
3643 | ||
3644 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3647 | } | |
3648 | ||
3649 | ||
3650 | ||
3651 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3652 | ||
3653 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3654 | ||
3655 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3656 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3657 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3658 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3659 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3660 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3661 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3662 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3663 | ||
3664 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3665 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3666 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3667 | wxWindowID id, | |
3668 | const wxPoint &pos, | |
3669 | const wxSize &size ) | |
3670 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN, | |
3671 | wxT("grid window") ) | |
3672 | ||
3673 | { | |
3674 | m_owner = parent; | |
3675 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3676 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3677 | SetBackgroundColour(_T("WHITE")); | |
3678 | } | |
3679 | ||
3680 | ||
3681 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() | |
3682 | { | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | ||
3685 | ||
3686 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3687 | { | |
3688 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3689 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3690 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3691 | wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3692 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells); | |
3693 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3694 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3695 | #endif | |
3696 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3697 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells ); | |
3698 | } | |
3699 | ||
3700 | ||
3701 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3702 | { | |
3703 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3704 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3705 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3706 | } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | ||
3709 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3710 | { | |
3711 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3712 | } | |
3713 | ||
3714 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3715 | { | |
3716 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3717 | } | |
3718 | ||
3719 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3720 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3721 | // | |
3722 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3723 | { | |
3724 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3725 | } | |
3726 | ||
3727 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3728 | { | |
3729 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3730 | } | |
3731 | ||
3732 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3733 | { | |
3734 | } | |
3735 | ||
3736 | ||
3737 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3738 | ||
3739 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
3740 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
3741 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
3742 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
3743 | ||
3744 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
3745 | ||
3746 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
3747 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
3748 | bool clipToMinMax); | |
3749 | ||
3750 | #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \ | |
3751 | m_minAcceptableColWidth, \ | |
3752 | m_colRights, m_numCols, TRUE) | |
3753 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
3754 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \ | |
3755 | m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, TRUE) | |
3756 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3757 | ||
3758 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3759 | ||
3760 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3761 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
3762 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
3763 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
3764 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
3765 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3766 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3767 | ||
3768 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
3769 | wxWindowID id, | |
3770 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3771 | const wxSize& size, | |
3772 | long style, | |
3773 | const wxString& name ) | |
3774 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
3775 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
3776 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
3777 | { | |
3778 | Create(); | |
3779 | } | |
3780 | ||
3781 | ||
3782 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
3783 | { | |
3784 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
3785 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
3786 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
3787 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3788 | ||
3789 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
3790 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
3791 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
3792 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
3793 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
3794 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
3795 | #endif | |
3796 | ||
3797 | if (m_ownTable) | |
3798 | delete m_table; | |
3799 | ||
3800 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
3801 | delete m_selection; | |
3802 | } | |
3803 | ||
3804 | ||
3805 | // | |
3806 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
3807 | // | |
3808 | ||
3809 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
3810 | { | |
3811 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid | |
3812 | ||
3813 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3814 | m_ownTable = FALSE; | |
3815 | ||
3816 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
3817 | ||
3818 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
3819 | ||
3820 | // Set default cell attributes | |
3821 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3822 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
3823 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
3824 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
3825 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
3826 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
3827 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
3828 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
3829 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
3830 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3831 | ||
3832 | ||
3833 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3834 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3835 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3836 | ||
3837 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3838 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3839 | ||
3840 | // create the type registry | |
3841 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
3842 | m_selection = NULL; | |
3843 | ||
3844 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
3845 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
3846 | -1, | |
3847 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3848 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3849 | ||
3850 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
3851 | -1, | |
3852 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3853 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3854 | ||
3855 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
3856 | -1, | |
3857 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3858 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3859 | ||
3860 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
3861 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
3862 | m_colLabelWin, | |
3863 | -1, | |
3864 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3865 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3866 | ||
3867 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
3868 | ||
3869 | Init(); | |
3870 | } | |
3871 | ||
3872 | ||
3873 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
3874 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
3877 | FALSE, | |
3878 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3879 | ||
3880 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
3881 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
3882 | ||
3883 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
3884 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3885 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3886 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3887 | ||
3888 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3889 | ||
3890 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3891 | ||
3892 | return m_created; | |
3893 | } | |
3894 | ||
3895 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
3896 | { | |
3897 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
3898 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3899 | ||
3900 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
3901 | } | |
3902 | ||
3903 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
3904 | { | |
3905 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells, | |
3906 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3907 | ||
3908 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
3909 | } | |
3910 | ||
3911 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
3912 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3913 | { | |
3914 | if ( m_created ) | |
3915 | { | |
3916 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be | |
3917 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single | |
3918 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implementation that | |
3919 | // would prevent this? | |
3920 | ||
3921 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection | |
3922 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3923 | return FALSE; | |
3924 | } | |
3925 | else | |
3926 | { | |
3927 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
3928 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
3929 | ||
3930 | m_table = table; | |
3931 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3932 | if (takeOwnership) | |
3933 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3934 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3935 | ||
3936 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3937 | ||
3938 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | ||
3941 | return m_created; | |
3942 | } | |
3943 | ||
3944 | ||
3945 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
3946 | { | |
3947 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3948 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3949 | ||
3950 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
3951 | { | |
3952 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3953 | } | |
3954 | else | |
3955 | { | |
3956 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); | |
3957 | } | |
3958 | ||
3959 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); | |
3960 | ||
3961 | // init attr cache | |
3962 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
3963 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
3964 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
3965 | ||
3966 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3967 | // | |
3968 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
3969 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
3970 | ||
3971 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3972 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3973 | ||
3974 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3975 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3976 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
3977 | ||
3978 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
3979 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
3980 | ||
3981 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
3982 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
3983 | ||
3984 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
3985 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
3986 | #else | |
3987 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
3988 | #endif | |
3989 | ||
3990 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
3991 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; | |
3992 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
3993 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
3994 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
3995 | ||
3996 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3997 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
3998 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; | |
3999 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; | |
4000 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; | |
4001 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4002 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4003 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4004 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4005 | ||
4006 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
4007 | ||
4008 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
4009 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
4010 | ||
4011 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4012 | ||
4013 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4014 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4015 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
4016 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
4017 | ||
4018 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid | |
4019 | ||
4020 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
4021 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
4022 | ||
4023 | m_extraWidth = | |
4024 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
4025 | } | |
4026 | ||
4027 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4028 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
4029 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
4030 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
4031 | // arrays at all | |
4032 | // | |
4033 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
4034 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
4035 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4036 | ||
4037 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
4038 | { | |
4039 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
4040 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
4041 | ||
4042 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4043 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
4044 | ||
4045 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
4046 | ||
4047 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
4048 | ||
4049 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4050 | { | |
4051 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
4052 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
4053 | } | |
4054 | } | |
4055 | ||
4056 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
4057 | { | |
4058 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
4059 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
4060 | ||
4061 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4062 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
4063 | int colRight = 0; | |
4064 | ||
4065 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
4066 | ||
4067 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4068 | { | |
4069 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
4070 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
4071 | } | |
4072 | } | |
4073 | ||
4074 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
4075 | { | |
4076 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
4077 | } | |
4078 | ||
4079 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
4080 | { | |
4081 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
4082 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
4083 | } | |
4084 | ||
4085 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
4086 | { | |
4087 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
4088 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
4089 | } | |
4090 | ||
4091 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
4092 | { | |
4093 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4094 | } | |
4095 | ||
4096 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
4097 | { | |
4098 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4099 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
4100 | } | |
4101 | ||
4102 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
4103 | { | |
4104 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
4105 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
4106 | } | |
4107 | ||
4108 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | int cw, ch; | |
4111 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4112 | ||
4113 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4114 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4115 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4116 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
4117 | ||
4118 | // grid total size | |
4119 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
4120 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
4121 | ||
4122 | // take into account editor if shown | |
4123 | if( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4124 | { | |
4125 | int w2, h2; | |
4126 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4127 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4128 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
4129 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
4130 | ||
4131 | // how big is the editor | |
4132 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
4133 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
4134 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
4135 | w2 += x; | |
4136 | h2 += y; | |
4137 | if( w2 > w ) w = w2; | |
4138 | if( h2 > h ) h = h2; | |
4139 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4140 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4141 | } | |
4142 | ||
4143 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
4144 | int x, y; | |
4145 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
4146 | ||
4147 | // maybe we don't need scrollbars at all? | |
4148 | // | |
4149 | // also adjust the position to be valid for the new scroll rangs | |
4150 | if ( w <= cw ) | |
4151 | { | |
4152 | w = x = 0; | |
4153 | } | |
4154 | else | |
4155 | { | |
4156 | if ( x >= w ) | |
4157 | x = w - 1; | |
4158 | } | |
4159 | ||
4160 | if ( h <= ch ) | |
4161 | { | |
4162 | h = y = 0; | |
4163 | } | |
4164 | else | |
4165 | { | |
4166 | if ( y >= h ) | |
4167 | y = h - 1; | |
4168 | } | |
4169 | ||
4170 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
4171 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y, | |
4172 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y, | |
4173 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
4174 | ||
4175 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
4176 | // still must reposition the children | |
4177 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4178 | } | |
4179 | ||
4180 | ||
4181 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
4182 | { | |
4183 | int cw, ch; | |
4184 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4185 | ||
4186 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4187 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
4188 | ||
4189 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4190 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); | |
4191 | ||
4192 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
4193 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
4194 | ||
4195 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
4196 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
4197 | } | |
4198 | ||
4199 | ||
4200 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it | |
4201 | // has been redimensioned | |
4202 | // | |
4203 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4204 | { | |
4205 | int i; | |
4206 | bool result = FALSE; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
4209 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
4210 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
4211 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
4212 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
4213 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
4214 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
4215 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
4216 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4217 | #if 0 | |
4218 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
4219 | // now | |
4220 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4221 | { | |
4222 | InitColWidths(); | |
4223 | } | |
4224 | ||
4225 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4226 | { | |
4227 | InitRowHeights(); | |
4228 | } | |
4229 | #endif | |
4230 | ||
4231 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4232 | { | |
4233 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4234 | { | |
4235 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4236 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4237 | ||
4238 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4239 | ||
4240 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4241 | { | |
4242 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
4243 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
4244 | ||
4245 | int bottom = 0; | |
4246 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; | |
4247 | ||
4248 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4249 | { | |
4250 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4251 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4252 | } | |
4253 | } | |
4254 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4255 | { | |
4256 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4257 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4258 | // | |
4259 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4260 | } | |
4261 | ||
4262 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4263 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4264 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4265 | if (attrProvider) | |
4266 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4267 | ||
4268 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4269 | { | |
4270 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4271 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4272 | } | |
4273 | } | |
4274 | result = TRUE; | |
4275 | break; | |
4276 | ||
4277 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4278 | { | |
4279 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4280 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
4281 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
4282 | ||
4283 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4284 | { | |
4285 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
4286 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
4287 | ||
4288 | int bottom = 0; | |
4289 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; | |
4290 | ||
4291 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4292 | { | |
4293 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4294 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4295 | } | |
4296 | } | |
4297 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4298 | { | |
4299 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4300 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4301 | // | |
4302 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4303 | } | |
4304 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4307 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4308 | } | |
4309 | } | |
4310 | result = TRUE; | |
4311 | break; | |
4312 | ||
4313 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4314 | { | |
4315 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4316 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4317 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4318 | ||
4319 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4320 | { | |
4321 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4322 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
4323 | ||
4324 | int h = 0; | |
4325 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4326 | { | |
4327 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4328 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4329 | } | |
4330 | } | |
4331 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4334 | } | |
4335 | else | |
4336 | { | |
4337 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4338 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4339 | } | |
4340 | ||
4341 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4342 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4343 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4344 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4345 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4346 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4347 | #if 0 | |
4348 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4349 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4350 | // all column attributes. | |
4351 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4352 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4353 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4354 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4355 | #endif | |
4356 | } | |
4357 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4358 | { | |
4359 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4360 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4361 | } | |
4362 | } | |
4363 | result = TRUE; | |
4364 | break; | |
4365 | ||
4366 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4367 | { | |
4368 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4369 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4370 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4371 | ||
4372 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4373 | { | |
4374 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
4375 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
4376 | ||
4377 | int right = 0; | |
4378 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; | |
4379 | ||
4380 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4381 | { | |
4382 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4383 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4384 | } | |
4385 | } | |
4386 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4387 | { | |
4388 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4389 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4390 | // | |
4391 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4392 | } | |
4393 | ||
4394 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4395 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4396 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4397 | if (attrProvider) | |
4398 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4399 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4400 | { | |
4401 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4402 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4403 | } | |
4404 | ||
4405 | } | |
4406 | result = TRUE; | |
4407 | break; | |
4408 | ||
4409 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4410 | { | |
4411 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4412 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4413 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4414 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4415 | { | |
4416 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
4417 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
4418 | ||
4419 | int right = 0; | |
4420 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; | |
4421 | ||
4422 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4423 | { | |
4424 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4425 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4426 | } | |
4427 | } | |
4428 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4429 | { | |
4430 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4431 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4432 | // | |
4433 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4434 | } | |
4435 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4436 | { | |
4437 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4438 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4439 | } | |
4440 | } | |
4441 | result = TRUE; | |
4442 | break; | |
4443 | ||
4444 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4445 | { | |
4446 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4447 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4448 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4449 | ||
4450 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4451 | { | |
4452 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4453 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
4454 | ||
4455 | int w = 0; | |
4456 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4457 | { | |
4458 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4459 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4460 | } | |
4461 | } | |
4462 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4463 | { | |
4464 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4465 | } | |
4466 | else | |
4467 | { | |
4468 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4469 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4470 | } | |
4471 | ||
4472 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4473 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4474 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4475 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4476 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4477 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4478 | #if 0 | |
4479 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4480 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4481 | // all row attributes. | |
4482 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4483 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4484 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4485 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4486 | #endif | |
4487 | } | |
4488 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4489 | { | |
4490 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4491 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4492 | } | |
4493 | } | |
4494 | result = TRUE; | |
4495 | break; | |
4496 | } | |
4497 | ||
4498 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4499 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4500 | return result; | |
4501 | } | |
4502 | ||
4503 | ||
4504 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4505 | { | |
4506 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4507 | wxRect r; | |
4508 | ||
4509 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4510 | ||
4511 | int top, bottom; | |
4512 | while ( iter ) | |
4513 | { | |
4514 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4515 | ||
4516 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4517 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4518 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4519 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4520 | // | |
4521 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4522 | int cw, ch; | |
4523 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4524 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4525 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4526 | #endif | |
4527 | ||
4528 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4529 | // | |
4530 | int dummy; | |
4531 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
4532 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
4533 | ||
4534 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
4535 | // | |
4536 | int row; | |
4537 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4538 | { | |
4539 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
4540 | continue; | |
4541 | ||
4542 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4543 | break; | |
4544 | ||
4545 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
4546 | } | |
4547 | ||
4548 | iter++ ; | |
4549 | } | |
4550 | ||
4551 | return rowlabels; | |
4552 | } | |
4553 | ||
4554 | ||
4555 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4556 | { | |
4557 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4558 | wxRect r; | |
4559 | ||
4560 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
4561 | ||
4562 | int left, right; | |
4563 | while ( iter ) | |
4564 | { | |
4565 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4566 | ||
4567 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4568 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4569 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4570 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4571 | // | |
4572 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4573 | int cw, ch; | |
4574 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4575 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4576 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4577 | #endif | |
4578 | ||
4579 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4580 | // | |
4581 | int dummy; | |
4582 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4583 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
4584 | ||
4585 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4586 | // | |
4587 | int col; | |
4588 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4589 | { | |
4590 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
4591 | continue; | |
4592 | ||
4593 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4594 | break; | |
4595 | ||
4596 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
4597 | } | |
4598 | ||
4599 | iter++ ; | |
4600 | } | |
4601 | return colLabels; | |
4602 | } | |
4603 | ||
4604 | ||
4605 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4606 | { | |
4607 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4608 | wxRect r; | |
4609 | ||
4610 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
4611 | ||
4612 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
4613 | while ( iter ) | |
4614 | { | |
4615 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4616 | ||
4617 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4618 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4619 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4620 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4621 | // | |
4622 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4623 | int cw, ch; | |
4624 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4625 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4626 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4627 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4628 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4629 | #endif | |
4630 | ||
4631 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4632 | // | |
4633 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
4634 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
4635 | ||
4636 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4637 | // | |
4638 | int row, col; | |
4639 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4640 | { | |
4641 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
4642 | continue; | |
4643 | ||
4644 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4645 | break; | |
4646 | ||
4647 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4648 | { | |
4649 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
4650 | continue; | |
4651 | ||
4652 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4653 | break; | |
4654 | ||
4655 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
4656 | } | |
4657 | } | |
4658 | ||
4659 | iter++; | |
4660 | } | |
4661 | ||
4662 | return cellsExposed; | |
4663 | } | |
4664 | ||
4665 | ||
4666 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4667 | { | |
4668 | int x, y, row; | |
4669 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4670 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4671 | ||
4672 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4673 | { | |
4674 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
4675 | { | |
4676 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4677 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
4678 | } | |
4679 | ||
4680 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4681 | { | |
4682 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4683 | { | |
4684 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4685 | { | |
4686 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4687 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4688 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4689 | ||
4690 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4691 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4692 | y = wxMax( y, | |
4693 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4694 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4695 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4696 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4697 | { | |
4698 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4699 | } | |
4700 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4701 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4702 | } | |
4703 | break; | |
4704 | ||
4705 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
4706 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
4707 | { | |
4708 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4709 | { | |
4710 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4711 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4712 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4713 | event.AltDown(), | |
4714 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | } | |
4717 | ||
4718 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4719 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4720 | default: | |
4721 | break; | |
4722 | } | |
4723 | } | |
4724 | return; | |
4725 | } | |
4726 | ||
4727 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
4728 | return; | |
4729 | ||
4730 | if (m_isDragging) | |
4731 | { | |
4732 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4733 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4734 | } | |
4735 | ||
4736 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4737 | // | |
4738 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4739 | { | |
4740 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4741 | } | |
4742 | ||
4743 | ||
4744 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4745 | // | |
4746 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4747 | { | |
4748 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4749 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
4750 | // wanting to resize the row | |
4751 | // | |
4752 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4753 | { | |
4754 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4755 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
4756 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4757 | { | |
4758 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4759 | ClearSelection(); | |
4760 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4761 | { | |
4762 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4763 | { | |
4764 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4765 | 0, | |
4766 | row, | |
4767 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
4768 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4769 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4770 | event.AltDown(), | |
4771 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4772 | } | |
4773 | else | |
4774 | { | |
4775 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4776 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4777 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4778 | event.AltDown(), | |
4779 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4780 | } | |
4781 | } | |
4782 | ||
4783 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4784 | } | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | else | |
4787 | { | |
4788 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
4789 | // | |
4790 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4791 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4792 | } | |
4793 | } | |
4794 | ||
4795 | ||
4796 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4797 | // | |
4798 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4799 | { | |
4800 | int row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
4801 | if ( row < 0 ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4804 | if ( row >=0 && | |
4805 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4806 | { | |
4807 | // no default action at the moment | |
4808 | } | |
4809 | } | |
4810 | else | |
4811 | { | |
4812 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
4813 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
4814 | ||
4815 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4816 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4817 | } | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | ||
4820 | ||
4821 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4822 | // | |
4823 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4824 | { | |
4825 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4826 | { | |
4827 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
4828 | ||
4829 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4830 | // default processing in this case | |
4831 | // | |
4832 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
4833 | } | |
4834 | ||
4835 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4836 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4837 | } | |
4838 | ||
4839 | ||
4840 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4841 | // | |
4842 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4843 | { | |
4844 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4845 | if ( row >=0 && | |
4846 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4847 | { | |
4848 | // no default action at the moment | |
4849 | } | |
4850 | } | |
4851 | ||
4852 | ||
4853 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4854 | // | |
4855 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4856 | { | |
4857 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4858 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
4859 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4860 | { | |
4861 | // no default action at the moment | |
4862 | } | |
4863 | } | |
4864 | ||
4865 | ||
4866 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4867 | // | |
4868 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4869 | { | |
4870 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
4871 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4872 | { | |
4873 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4874 | { | |
4875 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
4876 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4877 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4878 | } | |
4879 | } | |
4880 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4881 | { | |
4882 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4883 | } | |
4884 | } | |
4885 | } | |
4886 | ||
4887 | ||
4888 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4889 | { | |
4890 | int x, y, col; | |
4891 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4892 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4893 | ||
4894 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4895 | { | |
4896 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
4897 | { | |
4898 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4899 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
4900 | } | |
4901 | ||
4902 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4903 | { | |
4904 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4905 | { | |
4906 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4907 | { | |
4908 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4909 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4910 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4911 | ||
4912 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4913 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4914 | ||
4915 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4916 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
4917 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4918 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4919 | { | |
4920 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4921 | } | |
4922 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4923 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | break; | |
4926 | ||
4927 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
4928 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4931 | { | |
4932 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4933 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4934 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4935 | event.AltDown(), | |
4936 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | } | |
4939 | ||
4940 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4941 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4942 | default: | |
4943 | break; | |
4944 | } | |
4945 | } | |
4946 | return; | |
4947 | } | |
4948 | ||
4949 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
4950 | return; | |
4951 | ||
4952 | if (m_isDragging) | |
4953 | { | |
4954 | if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture()) m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4955 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4956 | } | |
4957 | ||
4958 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4959 | // | |
4960 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4961 | { | |
4962 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4963 | } | |
4964 | ||
4965 | ||
4966 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4967 | // | |
4968 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4969 | { | |
4970 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4971 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
4972 | // wanting to resize the col | |
4973 | // | |
4974 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4975 | { | |
4976 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4977 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
4978 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4979 | { | |
4980 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4981 | ClearSelection(); | |
4982 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4983 | { | |
4984 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4985 | { | |
4986 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
4987 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4988 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
4989 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4990 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4991 | event.AltDown(), | |
4992 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4993 | } | |
4994 | else | |
4995 | { | |
4996 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4997 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4998 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4999 | event.AltDown(), | |
5000 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5001 | } | |
5002 | } | |
5003 | ||
5004 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5005 | } | |
5006 | } | |
5007 | else | |
5008 | { | |
5009 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
5010 | // | |
5011 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5012 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5013 | } | |
5014 | } | |
5015 | ||
5016 | ||
5017 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5018 | // | |
5019 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5020 | { | |
5021 | int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
5022 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
5023 | { | |
5024 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5025 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5026 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5027 | { | |
5028 | // no default action at the moment | |
5029 | } | |
5030 | } | |
5031 | else | |
5032 | { | |
5033 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
5034 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( col ); | |
5035 | ||
5036 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5037 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5038 | } | |
5039 | } | |
5040 | ||
5041 | ||
5042 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5043 | // | |
5044 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5045 | { | |
5046 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5047 | { | |
5048 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5049 | ||
5050 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5051 | // default processing in this case | |
5052 | // | |
5053 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5054 | } | |
5055 | ||
5056 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
5057 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5058 | } | |
5059 | ||
5060 | ||
5061 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5062 | // | |
5063 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5064 | { | |
5065 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5066 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5067 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5068 | { | |
5069 | // no default action at the moment | |
5070 | } | |
5071 | } | |
5072 | ||
5073 | ||
5074 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5075 | // | |
5076 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5077 | { | |
5078 | col = XToCol(x); | |
5079 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
5080 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
5081 | { | |
5082 | // no default action at the moment | |
5083 | } | |
5084 | } | |
5085 | ||
5086 | ||
5087 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
5088 | // | |
5089 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
5090 | { | |
5091 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5092 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
5093 | { | |
5094 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5095 | { | |
5096 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
5097 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
5098 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
5099 | } | |
5100 | } | |
5101 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5102 | { | |
5103 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
5104 | } | |
5105 | } | |
5106 | } | |
5107 | ||
5108 | ||
5109 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5110 | { | |
5111 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
5112 | { | |
5113 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
5114 | // col args == -1 | |
5115 | // | |
5116 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5117 | { | |
5118 | SelectAll(); | |
5119 | } | |
5120 | } | |
5121 | ||
5122 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
5123 | { | |
5124 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
5125 | } | |
5126 | ||
5127 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
5128 | { | |
5129 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5130 | { | |
5131 | // no default action at the moment | |
5132 | } | |
5133 | } | |
5134 | ||
5135 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
5136 | { | |
5137 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
5138 | { | |
5139 | // no default action at the moment | |
5140 | } | |
5141 | } | |
5142 | } | |
5143 | ||
5144 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
5145 | wxWindow *win, | |
5146 | bool captureMouse) | |
5147 | { | |
5148 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
5149 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
5150 | { | |
5151 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
5152 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
5153 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
5154 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
5155 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
5156 | }; | |
5157 | ||
5158 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
5159 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
5160 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
5161 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
5162 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
5163 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
5164 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
5165 | ||
5166 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
5167 | win == m_winCapture && | |
5168 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
5169 | return; | |
5170 | ||
5171 | if ( !win ) | |
5172 | { | |
5173 | // by default use the grid itself | |
5174 | win = m_gridWin; | |
5175 | } | |
5176 | ||
5177 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
5178 | { | |
5179 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5180 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
5181 | } | |
5182 | ||
5183 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
5184 | ||
5185 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
5186 | { | |
5187 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
5188 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
5189 | break; | |
5190 | ||
5191 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
5192 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
5193 | break; | |
5194 | ||
5195 | default: | |
5196 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5197 | } | |
5198 | ||
5199 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
5200 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
5201 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
5202 | ||
5203 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
5204 | { | |
5205 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
5206 | m_winCapture = win; | |
5207 | } | |
5208 | } | |
5209 | ||
5210 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
5211 | { | |
5212 | int x, y; | |
5213 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
5214 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
5215 | ||
5216 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
5217 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
5218 | ||
5219 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5220 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5221 | if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5222 | { | |
5223 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
5224 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
5225 | } | |
5226 | ||
5227 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
5228 | { | |
5229 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5230 | ||
5231 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at | |
5232 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
5233 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
5234 | { | |
5235 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
5236 | { | |
5237 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
5238 | return; | |
5239 | } | |
5240 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
5241 | return; | |
5242 | } | |
5243 | ||
5244 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
5245 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5246 | { | |
5247 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
5248 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
5249 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5250 | { | |
5251 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5252 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5253 | } | |
5254 | ||
5255 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
5256 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
5257 | { | |
5258 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
5259 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
5260 | } | |
5261 | ||
5262 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5263 | { | |
5264 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5265 | { | |
5266 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
5267 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5268 | HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
5269 | } | |
5270 | else | |
5271 | { | |
5272 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
5273 | { | |
5274 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5275 | } | |
5276 | else | |
5277 | { | |
5278 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
5279 | } | |
5280 | } | |
5281 | ||
5282 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
5283 | { | |
5284 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
5285 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
5286 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
5287 | } | |
5288 | } | |
5289 | } | |
5290 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5291 | { | |
5292 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5293 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5294 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5295 | ||
5296 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5297 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5298 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5299 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5300 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5301 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5302 | { | |
5303 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5304 | } | |
5305 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
5306 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
5307 | } | |
5308 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5311 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5312 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5313 | ||
5314 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5315 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5316 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
5317 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
5318 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
5319 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5320 | { | |
5321 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
5322 | } | |
5323 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
5324 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
5325 | } | |
5326 | ||
5327 | return; | |
5328 | } | |
5329 | ||
5330 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
5331 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
5332 | ||
5333 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
5334 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
5335 | // wxGTK | |
5336 | #if 0 | |
5337 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5338 | { | |
5339 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5340 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5341 | } | |
5342 | else | |
5343 | #endif // 0 | |
5344 | ||
5345 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5346 | // | |
5347 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5348 | { | |
5349 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
5350 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5351 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5352 | event ) ) | |
5353 | { | |
5354 | if ( !event.ControlDown() ) | |
5355 | ClearSelection(); | |
5356 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5357 | { | |
5358 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5359 | { | |
5360 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5361 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5362 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5363 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5364 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5365 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5366 | event.AltDown(), | |
5367 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5368 | } | |
5369 | } | |
5370 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
5371 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5372 | { | |
5373 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5374 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
5375 | ||
5376 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5377 | { | |
5378 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5379 | { | |
5380 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5381 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5382 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5383 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5384 | event.AltDown(), | |
5385 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5386 | } | |
5387 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5388 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5389 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5390 | } | |
5391 | else | |
5392 | { | |
5393 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5394 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5395 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5396 | { | |
5397 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() != | |
5398 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells ) | |
5399 | { | |
5400 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5401 | } | |
5402 | } | |
5403 | } | |
5404 | } | |
5405 | } | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | ||
5408 | ||
5409 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5410 | // | |
5411 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5412 | { | |
5413 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5414 | ||
5415 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5416 | { | |
5417 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5418 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5419 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5420 | event ); | |
5421 | } | |
5422 | } | |
5423 | ||
5424 | ||
5425 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5426 | // | |
5427 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5428 | { | |
5429 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5430 | { | |
5431 | if (m_winCapture) | |
5432 | { | |
5433 | if (m_winCapture->HasCapture()) m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5434 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5435 | } | |
5436 | ||
5437 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl()) | |
5438 | { | |
5439 | ClearSelection(); | |
5440 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5441 | ||
5442 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5443 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
5444 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
5445 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5446 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5447 | ||
5448 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
5449 | } | |
5450 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5451 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5452 | { | |
5453 | if ( m_selection ) | |
5454 | { | |
5455 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5456 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5457 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5458 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5459 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5460 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5461 | event.AltDown(), | |
5462 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5463 | } | |
5464 | ||
5465 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5466 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5467 | ||
5468 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
5469 | // drag-shrinking. | |
5470 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5471 | } | |
5472 | } | |
5473 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5474 | { | |
5475 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5476 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5477 | ||
5478 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5479 | // default processing in this case | |
5480 | // | |
5481 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5482 | } | |
5483 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5484 | { | |
5485 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5486 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5487 | ||
5488 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5489 | // default processing in this case | |
5490 | // | |
5491 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5492 | } | |
5493 | ||
5494 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5495 | } | |
5496 | ||
5497 | ||
5498 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5499 | // | |
5500 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5503 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
5504 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5505 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5506 | event ) ) | |
5507 | { | |
5508 | // no default action at the moment | |
5509 | } | |
5510 | } | |
5511 | ||
5512 | ||
5513 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5514 | // | |
5515 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5516 | { | |
5517 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5518 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5519 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5520 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5521 | event ) ) | |
5522 | { | |
5523 | // no default action at the moment | |
5524 | } | |
5525 | } | |
5526 | ||
5527 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
5528 | // | |
5529 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
5530 | { | |
5531 | if( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
5532 | { | |
5533 | // out of grid cell area | |
5534 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5535 | return; | |
5536 | } | |
5537 | ||
5538 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5539 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5540 | ||
5541 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
5542 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
5543 | // | |
5544 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5545 | { | |
5546 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5547 | return; | |
5548 | } | |
5549 | ||
5550 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
5551 | { | |
5552 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
5553 | ||
5554 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5555 | { | |
5556 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5557 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
5558 | } | |
5559 | ||
5560 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5561 | { | |
5562 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5563 | } | |
5564 | ||
5565 | return; | |
5566 | } | |
5567 | ||
5568 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5569 | { | |
5570 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5571 | ||
5572 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5573 | { | |
5574 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5575 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
5576 | } | |
5577 | ||
5578 | return; | |
5579 | } | |
5580 | ||
5581 | // Neither on a row or col edge | |
5582 | // | |
5583 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5586 | } | |
5587 | } | |
5588 | } | |
5589 | ||
5590 | ||
5591 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
5592 | { | |
5593 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5594 | { | |
5595 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
5596 | // | |
5597 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5598 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5599 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5600 | ||
5601 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5602 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5603 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5604 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5605 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5606 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5607 | ||
5608 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5609 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5610 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) ); | |
5611 | ||
5612 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
5615 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
5616 | rect.x = 0; | |
5617 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
5618 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5619 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
5620 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5621 | rect.width = cw; | |
5622 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
5623 | if (m_table) | |
5624 | { | |
5625 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0; | |
5626 | int leftCol = XToCol(left); | |
5627 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(left+cw); | |
5628 | if (leftCol >= 0) | |
5629 | { | |
5630 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
5631 | { | |
5632 | GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
5633 | if (cell_rows < subtract_rows) | |
5634 | subtract_rows = cell_rows; | |
5635 | } | |
5636 | rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows); | |
5637 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
5638 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
5639 | } | |
5640 | } | |
5641 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5642 | } | |
5643 | ||
5644 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5645 | } | |
5646 | } | |
5647 | ||
5648 | ||
5649 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
5650 | { | |
5651 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5652 | { | |
5653 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
5654 | // | |
5655 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5656 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5657 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5658 | ||
5659 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5660 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5661 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5662 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
5663 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5664 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5665 | ||
5666 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5667 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5668 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
5669 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
5670 | ||
5671 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5672 | { | |
5673 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
5674 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
5675 | rect.y = 0; | |
5676 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
5677 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
5678 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
5679 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5680 | rect.height = ch; | |
5681 | // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it | |
5682 | if (m_table) | |
5683 | { | |
5684 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0; | |
5685 | int topRow = YToRow(top); | |
5686 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top+cw); | |
5687 | if (topRow >= 0) | |
5688 | { | |
5689 | for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++) | |
5690 | { | |
5691 | GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
5692 | if (cell_cols < subtract_cols) | |
5693 | subtract_cols = cell_cols; | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols); | |
5696 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
5697 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | } | |
5700 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5701 | } | |
5702 | ||
5703 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5704 | } | |
5705 | } | |
5706 | ||
5707 | ||
5708 | ||
5709 | // | |
5710 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
5711 | // | |
5712 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5713 | { | |
5714 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5715 | { | |
5716 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
5717 | return GetModelValues(); | |
5718 | ||
5719 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
5720 | return SetModelValues(); | |
5721 | ||
5722 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5723 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5724 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5725 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5726 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5727 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5728 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
5729 | ||
5730 | default: | |
5731 | return FALSE; | |
5732 | } | |
5733 | } | |
5734 | ||
5735 | ||
5736 | ||
5737 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
5738 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
5739 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
5740 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
5741 | // | |
5742 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
5743 | { | |
5744 | if ( m_table ) | |
5745 | { | |
5746 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5747 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5748 | ||
5749 | m_table->Clear(); | |
5750 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5751 | } | |
5752 | } | |
5753 | ||
5754 | ||
5755 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5756 | { | |
5757 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5758 | ||
5759 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5760 | { | |
5761 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5762 | return FALSE; | |
5763 | } | |
5764 | ||
5765 | if ( m_table ) | |
5766 | { | |
5767 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5768 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5769 | ||
5770 | return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5771 | ||
5772 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
5773 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | return FALSE; | |
5776 | } | |
5777 | ||
5778 | ||
5779 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5780 | { | |
5781 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5782 | ||
5783 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5784 | { | |
5785 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5786 | return FALSE; | |
5787 | } | |
5788 | ||
5789 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ); | |
5790 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
5791 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5792 | } | |
5793 | ||
5794 | ||
5795 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5796 | { | |
5797 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5798 | ||
5799 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5800 | { | |
5801 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5802 | return FALSE; | |
5803 | } | |
5804 | ||
5805 | if ( m_table ) | |
5806 | { | |
5807 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5808 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5809 | ||
5810 | return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )); | |
5811 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
5812 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5813 | } | |
5814 | return FALSE; | |
5815 | } | |
5816 | ||
5817 | ||
5818 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5819 | { | |
5820 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5821 | ||
5822 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5823 | { | |
5824 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5825 | return FALSE; | |
5826 | } | |
5827 | ||
5828 | if ( m_table ) | |
5829 | { | |
5830 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5831 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5832 | ||
5833 | return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5834 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
5835 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5836 | } | |
5837 | return FALSE; | |
5838 | } | |
5839 | ||
5840 | ||
5841 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5842 | { | |
5843 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5844 | ||
5845 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5846 | { | |
5847 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5848 | return FALSE; | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | ||
5851 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ); | |
5852 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
5853 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5854 | } | |
5855 | ||
5856 | ||
5857 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5858 | { | |
5859 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5860 | ||
5861 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5862 | { | |
5863 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5864 | return FALSE; | |
5865 | } | |
5866 | ||
5867 | if ( m_table ) | |
5868 | { | |
5869 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5870 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5871 | ||
5872 | return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ); | |
5873 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
5874 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5875 | } | |
5876 | return FALSE; | |
5877 | } | |
5878 | ||
5879 | ||
5880 | ||
5881 | // | |
5882 | // ----- event handlers | |
5883 | // | |
5884 | ||
5885 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
5886 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
5887 | // | |
5888 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5889 | int row, int col, | |
5890 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
5891 | { | |
5892 | bool claimed; | |
5893 | bool vetoed= FALSE; | |
5894 | ||
5895 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5896 | { | |
5897 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5898 | ||
5899 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5900 | type, | |
5901 | this, | |
5902 | rowOrCol, | |
5903 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5904 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5905 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5906 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5907 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5908 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5909 | ||
5910 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5911 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5912 | } | |
5913 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
5914 | { | |
5915 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
5916 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5917 | type, | |
5918 | this, | |
5919 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
5920 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
5921 | TRUE, | |
5922 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5923 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5924 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5925 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5926 | ||
5927 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5928 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5929 | } | |
5930 | else | |
5931 | { | |
5932 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5933 | type, | |
5934 | this, | |
5935 | row, col, | |
5936 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5937 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5938 | FALSE, | |
5939 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5940 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5941 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5942 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5943 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5944 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5945 | } | |
5946 | ||
5947 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
5948 | if (vetoed) return -1; | |
5949 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
5950 | } | |
5951 | ||
5952 | ||
5953 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
5954 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
5955 | // | |
5956 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5957 | int row, int col ) | |
5958 | { | |
5959 | bool claimed; | |
5960 | bool vetoed= FALSE; | |
5961 | ||
5962 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5963 | { | |
5964 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5965 | ||
5966 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5967 | type, | |
5968 | this, | |
5969 | rowOrCol ); | |
5970 | ||
5971 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5972 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5973 | } | |
5974 | else | |
5975 | { | |
5976 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5977 | type, | |
5978 | this, | |
5979 | row, col ); | |
5980 | ||
5981 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5982 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5983 | } | |
5984 | ||
5985 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
5986 | if (vetoed) return -1; | |
5987 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
5988 | } | |
5989 | ||
5990 | ||
5991 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
5994 | } | |
5995 | ||
5996 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
5997 | { | |
5998 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
5999 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
6000 | if (! GetBatchCount()) | |
6001 | { | |
6002 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
6003 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb,rect); | |
6004 | ||
6005 | if (rect) | |
6006 | { | |
6007 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
6008 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
6009 | int x, y; | |
6010 | ||
6011 | //Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
6012 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
6013 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
6014 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
6015 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
6016 | ||
6017 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
6018 | if (width_label > rectWidth) width_label = rectWidth; | |
6019 | ||
6020 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
6021 | if (height_label > rectHeight) height_label = rectHeight; | |
6022 | ||
6023 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
6024 | { | |
6025 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6026 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
6027 | } | |
6028 | else | |
6029 | { | |
6030 | x = 0; | |
6031 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
6032 | } | |
6033 | ||
6034 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
6035 | { | |
6036 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
6037 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
6038 | } | |
6039 | else | |
6040 | { | |
6041 | y = 0; | |
6042 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
6043 | } | |
6044 | ||
6045 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
6046 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6047 | { | |
6048 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
6049 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6050 | } | |
6051 | ||
6052 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
6053 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
6054 | { | |
6055 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
6056 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6057 | } | |
6058 | ||
6059 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
6060 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6061 | { | |
6062 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
6063 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6064 | } | |
6065 | ||
6066 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
6067 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
6068 | { | |
6069 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
6070 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
6071 | } | |
6072 | } | |
6073 | else | |
6074 | { | |
6075 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6076 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6077 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6078 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
6079 | } | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | ||
6083 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ) | |
6084 | { | |
6085 | // position the child windows | |
6086 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6087 | ||
6088 | // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size | |
6089 | // changes itself | |
6090 | event.Skip(); | |
6091 | } | |
6092 | ||
6093 | ||
6094 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6095 | { | |
6096 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
6097 | { | |
6098 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
6099 | // | |
6100 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
6101 | } | |
6102 | ||
6103 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; | |
6104 | ||
6105 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
6106 | // | |
6107 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
6108 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
6109 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
6110 | ||
6111 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
6112 | { | |
6113 | ||
6114 | // try local handlers | |
6115 | // | |
6116 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
6117 | { | |
6118 | case WXK_UP: | |
6119 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6120 | { | |
6121 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6122 | } | |
6123 | else | |
6124 | { | |
6125 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6126 | } | |
6127 | break; | |
6128 | ||
6129 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6130 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6131 | { | |
6132 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6133 | } | |
6134 | else | |
6135 | { | |
6136 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6137 | } | |
6138 | break; | |
6139 | ||
6140 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6141 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6142 | { | |
6143 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6144 | } | |
6145 | else | |
6146 | { | |
6147 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6148 | } | |
6149 | break; | |
6150 | ||
6151 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6152 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6153 | { | |
6154 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6155 | } | |
6156 | else | |
6157 | { | |
6158 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6159 | } | |
6160 | break; | |
6161 | ||
6162 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
6163 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
6164 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6165 | { | |
6166 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
6167 | } | |
6168 | else | |
6169 | { | |
6170 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
6171 | { | |
6172 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
6173 | } | |
6174 | else | |
6175 | { | |
6176 | // at the bottom of a column | |
6177 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6178 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6179 | } | |
6180 | } | |
6181 | break; | |
6182 | ||
6183 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
6184 | ClearSelection(); | |
6185 | break; | |
6186 | ||
6187 | case WXK_TAB: | |
6188 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
6189 | { | |
6190 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
6191 | { | |
6192 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); | |
6193 | } | |
6194 | else | |
6195 | { | |
6196 | // at left of grid | |
6197 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6198 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6199 | } | |
6200 | } | |
6201 | else | |
6202 | { | |
6203 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 ) | |
6204 | { | |
6205 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
6206 | } | |
6207 | else | |
6208 | { | |
6209 | // at right of grid | |
6210 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6211 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6212 | } | |
6213 | } | |
6214 | break; | |
6215 | ||
6216 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6217 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6218 | { | |
6219 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
6220 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6221 | } | |
6222 | else | |
6223 | { | |
6224 | event.Skip(); | |
6225 | } | |
6226 | break; | |
6227 | ||
6228 | case WXK_END: | |
6229 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6230 | { | |
6231 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
6232 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
6233 | } | |
6234 | else | |
6235 | { | |
6236 | event.Skip(); | |
6237 | } | |
6238 | break; | |
6239 | ||
6240 | case WXK_PRIOR: | |
6241 | MovePageUp(); | |
6242 | break; | |
6243 | ||
6244 | case WXK_NEXT: | |
6245 | MovePageDown(); | |
6246 | break; | |
6247 | ||
6248 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
6249 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
6250 | { | |
6251 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6252 | { | |
6253 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6254 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
6255 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6256 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
6257 | event.AltDown(), | |
6258 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6259 | } | |
6260 | break; | |
6261 | } | |
6262 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
6263 | { | |
6264 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
6265 | break; | |
6266 | } | |
6267 | // Otherwise fall through to default | |
6268 | ||
6269 | default: | |
6270 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
6271 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
6272 | { | |
6273 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
6274 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6275 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6276 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6277 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6278 | ||
6279 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
6280 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
6281 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
6282 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
6283 | { | |
6284 | // ensure cell is visble | |
6285 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
6286 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
6287 | ||
6288 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
6289 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
6290 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
6291 | // crash the app | |
6292 | if( editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) editor->StartingKey(event); | |
6293 | } | |
6294 | else | |
6295 | { | |
6296 | event.Skip(); | |
6297 | } | |
6298 | ||
6299 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6300 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6301 | } | |
6302 | else | |
6303 | { | |
6304 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all | |
6305 | // char events for readonly cells | |
6306 | event.Skip(); | |
6307 | } | |
6308 | break; | |
6309 | } | |
6310 | } | |
6311 | ||
6312 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
6313 | } | |
6314 | ||
6315 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
6316 | { | |
6317 | // try local handlers | |
6318 | // | |
6319 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
6320 | { | |
6321 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6322 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6323 | { | |
6324 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
6327 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
6328 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
6329 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
6330 | event.ControlDown(), | |
6331 | TRUE, | |
6332 | event.AltDown(), | |
6333 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
6334 | } | |
6335 | } | |
6336 | ||
6337 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6338 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6339 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6340 | } | |
6341 | } | |
6342 | ||
6343 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
6344 | { | |
6345 | } | |
6346 | ||
6347 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6348 | { | |
6349 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
6350 | { | |
6351 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
6352 | return; | |
6353 | } | |
6354 | ||
6355 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
6356 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
6357 | ||
6358 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6359 | { | |
6360 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6361 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6362 | ||
6363 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) ) | |
6364 | { | |
6365 | wxRect r; | |
6366 | r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords); | |
6367 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6368 | { | |
6369 | r.x--; | |
6370 | r.y--; | |
6371 | r.width++; | |
6372 | r.height++; | |
6373 | } | |
6374 | ||
6375 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
6376 | ||
6377 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
6378 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
6379 | ||
6380 | DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells); | |
6381 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
6382 | } | |
6383 | } | |
6384 | ||
6385 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
6386 | ||
6387 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
6388 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6389 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6390 | } | |
6391 | ||
6392 | ||
6393 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
6394 | { | |
6395 | int temp; | |
6396 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
6397 | ||
6398 | if ( m_selection ) | |
6399 | { | |
6400 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
6401 | { | |
6402 | leftCol = 0; | |
6403 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
6404 | } | |
6405 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
6406 | { | |
6407 | topRow = 0; | |
6408 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
6409 | } | |
6410 | } | |
6411 | ||
6412 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
6413 | { | |
6414 | temp = topRow; | |
6415 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
6416 | bottomRow = temp; | |
6417 | } | |
6418 | ||
6419 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
6420 | { | |
6421 | temp = leftCol; | |
6422 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
6423 | rightCol = temp; | |
6424 | } | |
6425 | ||
6426 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
6427 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
6428 | ||
6429 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
6430 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
6431 | m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6432 | { | |
6433 | wxRect rect; | |
6434 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
6435 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
6436 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
6437 | } | |
6438 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
6439 | else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
6440 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
6441 | { | |
6442 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
6443 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
6444 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
6445 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
6446 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
6447 | need_refresh[0] = | |
6448 | need_refresh[1] = | |
6449 | need_refresh[2] = | |
6450 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; | |
6451 | int i; | |
6452 | ||
6453 | // Store intermediate values | |
6454 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
6455 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
6456 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
6457 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
6458 | ||
6459 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
6460 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
6461 | { | |
6462 | temp = oldLeft; | |
6463 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
6464 | leftCol = temp; | |
6465 | } | |
6466 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
6467 | { | |
6468 | temp = oldTop; | |
6469 | oldTop = topRow; | |
6470 | topRow = temp; | |
6471 | } | |
6472 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
6473 | { | |
6474 | temp = oldRight; | |
6475 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
6476 | rightCol = temp; | |
6477 | } | |
6478 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
6479 | { | |
6480 | temp = oldBottom; | |
6481 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
6482 | bottomRow = temp; | |
6483 | } | |
6484 | ||
6485 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
6486 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
6487 | // is contained in the other. | |
6488 | ||
6489 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
6490 | { | |
6491 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6492 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
6493 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; | |
6494 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
6495 | oldLeft ), | |
6496 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
6497 | leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
6498 | } | |
6499 | ||
6500 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
6501 | { | |
6502 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6503 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
6504 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; | |
6505 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
6506 | leftCol ), | |
6507 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, | |
6508 | rightCol ) ); | |
6509 | } | |
6510 | ||
6511 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
6512 | { | |
6513 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6514 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
6515 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; | |
6516 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
6517 | rightCol + 1 ), | |
6518 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
6519 | oldRight ) ); | |
6520 | } | |
6521 | ||
6522 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
6523 | { | |
6524 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
6525 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
6526 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; | |
6527 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, | |
6528 | leftCol ), | |
6529 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
6530 | rightCol ) ); | |
6531 | } | |
6532 | ||
6533 | // various Refresh() calls | |
6534 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
6535 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
6536 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); | |
6537 | } | |
6538 | // Change Selection | |
6539 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
6540 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
6541 | } | |
6542 | ||
6543 | // | |
6544 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
6545 | // | |
6546 | ||
6547 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
6548 | { | |
6549 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
6550 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6551 | ||
6552 | if ( m_table ) | |
6553 | { | |
6554 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
6555 | // | |
6556 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6557 | return TRUE; | |
6558 | } | |
6559 | ||
6560 | return FALSE; | |
6561 | } | |
6562 | ||
6563 | ||
6564 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
6565 | { | |
6566 | int row, col; | |
6567 | ||
6568 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
6569 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
6570 | // I think so ... | |
6571 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
6572 | ||
6573 | if ( m_table ) | |
6574 | { | |
6575 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
6576 | { | |
6577 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
6578 | { | |
6579 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
6580 | } | |
6581 | } | |
6582 | ||
6583 | return TRUE; | |
6584 | } | |
6585 | ||
6586 | return FALSE; | |
6587 | } | |
6588 | ||
6589 | ||
6590 | ||
6591 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
6592 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
6593 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
6594 | // | |
6595 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
6596 | { | |
6597 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
6598 | ||
6599 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
6600 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6601 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
6602 | ||
6603 | for ( i = numCells-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6604 | { | |
6605 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
6606 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
6607 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6608 | ||
6609 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
6610 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
6611 | { | |
6612 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row+cell_rows, col+cell_cols); | |
6613 | bool marked = FALSE; | |
6614 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
6615 | { | |
6616 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
6617 | { | |
6618 | marked = TRUE; | |
6619 | break; | |
6620 | } | |
6621 | } | |
6622 | if (!marked) | |
6623 | { | |
6624 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
6625 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
6626 | { | |
6627 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
6628 | { | |
6629 | marked = TRUE; | |
6630 | break; | |
6631 | } | |
6632 | } | |
6633 | if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
6634 | } | |
6635 | continue; // don't bother drawing this cell | |
6636 | } | |
6637 | ||
6638 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
6639 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
6640 | { | |
6641 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
6642 | { | |
6643 | // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint | |
6644 | int left = col; | |
6645 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
6646 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
6647 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
6648 | left=redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
6649 | ||
6650 | if (left == col) left = 0; // oh well | |
6651 | ||
6652 | for (int j = col-1; j >= left; j--) | |
6653 | { | |
6654 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+l, j)) | |
6655 | { | |
6656 | if (GetCellOverflow(row+l, j)) | |
6657 | { | |
6658 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row+l, j); | |
6659 | bool marked = FALSE; | |
6660 | ||
6661 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
6662 | { | |
6663 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
6664 | { | |
6665 | marked = TRUE; | |
6666 | break; | |
6667 | } | |
6668 | } | |
6669 | if (!marked) | |
6670 | { | |
6671 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
6672 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
6673 | { | |
6674 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
6675 | { | |
6676 | marked = TRUE; | |
6677 | break; | |
6678 | } | |
6679 | } | |
6680 | if (!marked) redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
6681 | } | |
6682 | } | |
6683 | break; | |
6684 | } | |
6685 | } | |
6686 | } | |
6687 | } | |
6688 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
6689 | } | |
6690 | ||
6691 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
6692 | ||
6693 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6694 | { | |
6695 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
6696 | } | |
6697 | } | |
6698 | ||
6699 | ||
6700 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
6701 | { | |
6702 | int cw, ch; | |
6703 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6704 | ||
6705 | int right, bottom; | |
6706 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6707 | ||
6708 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; | |
6709 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ; | |
6710 | ||
6711 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6712 | { | |
6713 | int left, top; | |
6714 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6715 | ||
6716 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
6717 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
6718 | ||
6719 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
6720 | { | |
6721 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch); | |
6722 | } | |
6723 | ||
6724 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6725 | { | |
6726 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow); | |
6727 | } | |
6728 | } | |
6729 | } | |
6730 | ||
6731 | ||
6732 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6733 | { | |
6734 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6735 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6736 | ||
6737 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6738 | return; | |
6739 | ||
6740 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
6741 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
6742 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6743 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
6744 | #endif | |
6745 | ||
6746 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6747 | ||
6748 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
6749 | ||
6750 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
6751 | ||
6752 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
6753 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
6754 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6755 | { | |
6756 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6757 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
6758 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6759 | } | |
6760 | else | |
6761 | { | |
6762 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be | |
6763 | // customized | |
6764 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
6765 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
6766 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
6767 | } | |
6768 | ||
6769 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6770 | } | |
6771 | ||
6772 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
6773 | { | |
6774 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6775 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6776 | ||
6777 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6778 | return; | |
6779 | ||
6780 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6781 | ||
6782 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
6783 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
6784 | // it doesn't look really good | |
6785 | ||
6786 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
6787 | ||
6788 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
6789 | { | |
6790 | // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
6791 | // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will | |
6792 | // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of | |
6793 | // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then | |
6794 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
6795 | rect.x += penWidth/2; | |
6796 | rect.y += penWidth/2; | |
6797 | rect.width -= penWidth-1; | |
6798 | rect.height -= penWidth-1; | |
6799 | ||
6800 | ||
6801 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
6802 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
6803 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
6804 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col)?m_selectionForeground:m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
6805 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
6806 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6807 | } | |
6808 | ||
6809 | #if 0 | |
6810 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... | |
6811 | ||
6812 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
6813 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
6814 | y1 = rect.y, | |
6815 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, | |
6816 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; | |
6817 | ||
6818 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
6819 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
6820 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
6821 | ||
6822 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
6823 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); | |
6824 | ||
6825 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
6826 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
6827 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); | |
6828 | #endif // 0 | |
6829 | } | |
6830 | ||
6831 | ||
6832 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6833 | { | |
6834 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6835 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6836 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6837 | return; | |
6838 | ||
6839 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6840 | ||
6841 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
6842 | ||
6843 | // right hand border | |
6844 | // | |
6845 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
6846 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
6847 | ||
6848 | // bottom border | |
6849 | // | |
6850 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
6851 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
6852 | } | |
6853 | ||
6854 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
6855 | { | |
6856 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
6857 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
6858 | // | |
6859 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6860 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
6861 | { | |
6862 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
6863 | } | |
6864 | ||
6865 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6866 | { | |
6867 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
6868 | return; | |
6869 | } | |
6870 | ||
6871 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
6872 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
6873 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
6874 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
6875 | { | |
6876 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
6877 | { | |
6878 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6879 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6880 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6881 | ||
6882 | break; | |
6883 | } | |
6884 | } | |
6885 | } | |
6886 | ||
6887 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
6888 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
6889 | // has been changed | |
6890 | // | |
6891 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
6892 | { | |
6893 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
6894 | return; | |
6895 | #endif | |
6896 | ||
6897 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || | |
6898 | !m_numRows || | |
6899 | !m_numCols ) return; | |
6900 | ||
6901 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
6902 | ||
6903 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
6904 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
6905 | { | |
6906 | int cw, ch; | |
6907 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6908 | ||
6909 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
6910 | // | |
6911 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6912 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6913 | } | |
6914 | else | |
6915 | { | |
6916 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
6917 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
6918 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
6919 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
6920 | } | |
6921 | #else | |
6922 | int cw, ch; | |
6923 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6924 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6925 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6926 | #endif | |
6927 | ||
6928 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
6929 | // | |
6930 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
6931 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
6932 | ||
6933 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
6934 | int leftCol = internalXToCol(left); | |
6935 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
6936 | int rightCol = internalXToCol(right); | |
6937 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
6938 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
6939 | ||
6940 | ||
6941 | int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6942 | wxRect rect; | |
6943 | ||
6944 | for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++) | |
6945 | { | |
6946 | for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++) | |
6947 | { | |
6948 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6949 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
6950 | { | |
6951 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
6952 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6953 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
6954 | } | |
6955 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
6956 | { | |
6957 | rect = CellToRect(j+cell_rows, i+cell_cols); | |
6958 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6959 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
6960 | } | |
6961 | } | |
6962 | } | |
6963 | dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
6964 | ||
6965 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6966 | ||
6967 | // horizontal grid lines | |
6968 | // | |
6969 | // already declared above - int i; | |
6970 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6971 | { | |
6972 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
6973 | ||
6974 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
6975 | { | |
6976 | break; | |
6977 | } | |
6978 | ||
6979 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
6980 | { | |
6981 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
6982 | } | |
6983 | } | |
6984 | ||
6985 | ||
6986 | // vertical grid lines | |
6987 | // | |
6988 | for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6989 | { | |
6990 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
6991 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
6992 | { | |
6993 | break; | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | ||
6996 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
6997 | { | |
6998 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
6999 | } | |
7000 | } | |
7001 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7002 | } | |
7003 | ||
7004 | ||
7005 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
7006 | { | |
7007 | if ( !m_numRows ) return; | |
7008 | ||
7009 | size_t i; | |
7010 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
7011 | ||
7012 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7013 | { | |
7014 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
7015 | } | |
7016 | } | |
7017 | ||
7018 | ||
7019 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
7020 | { | |
7021 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7022 | return; | |
7023 | ||
7024 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
7025 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
7026 | ||
7027 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7028 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, | |
7029 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
7030 | ||
7031 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
7032 | ||
7033 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom ); | |
7034 | ||
7035 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7036 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom ); | |
7037 | dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); | |
7038 | ||
7039 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7040 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7041 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7042 | ||
7043 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
7044 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7045 | ||
7046 | wxRect rect; | |
7047 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
7048 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
7049 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
7050 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
7051 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
7052 | } | |
7053 | ||
7054 | ||
7055 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
7056 | { | |
7057 | if ( !m_numCols ) return; | |
7058 | ||
7059 | size_t i; | |
7060 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
7061 | ||
7062 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
7063 | { | |
7064 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
7065 | } | |
7066 | } | |
7067 | ||
7068 | ||
7069 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
7070 | { | |
7071 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) | |
7072 | return; | |
7073 | ||
7074 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), | |
7075 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
7076 | ||
7077 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW),1, wxSOLID) ); | |
7078 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
7079 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
7080 | ||
7081 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
7082 | ||
7083 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, | |
7084 | colRight+1, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
7085 | ||
7086 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
7087 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
7088 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
7089 | ||
7090 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
7091 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
7092 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7093 | ||
7094 | int hAlign, vAlign, orient; | |
7095 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
7096 | orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
7097 | ||
7098 | wxRect rect; | |
7099 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
7100 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
7101 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
7102 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
7103 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient ); | |
7104 | } | |
7105 | ||
7106 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7107 | const wxString& value, | |
7108 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7109 | int horizAlign, | |
7110 | int vertAlign, | |
7111 | int textOrientation ) | |
7112 | { | |
7113 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7114 | ||
7115 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
7116 | ||
7117 | ||
7118 | //Forward to new API. | |
7119 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
7120 | lines, | |
7121 | rect, | |
7122 | horizAlign, | |
7123 | vertAlign, | |
7124 | textOrientation ); | |
7125 | ||
7126 | } | |
7127 | ||
7128 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
7129 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7130 | const wxRect& rect, | |
7131 | int horizAlign, | |
7132 | int vertAlign, | |
7133 | int textOrientation ) | |
7134 | { | |
7135 | long textWidth, textHeight; | |
7136 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; | |
7137 | int nLines; | |
7138 | ||
7139 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); | |
7140 | ||
7141 | nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
7142 | if( nLines > 0 ) | |
7143 | { | |
7144 | int l; | |
7145 | float x = 0.0, y = 0.0; | |
7146 | ||
7147 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7148 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight); | |
7149 | else | |
7150 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
7151 | ||
7152 | switch( vertAlign ) | |
7153 | { | |
7154 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
7155 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7156 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
7157 | else | |
7158 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
7159 | break; | |
7160 | ||
7161 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7162 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7163 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); | |
7164 | else | |
7165 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); | |
7166 | break; | |
7167 | ||
7168 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
7169 | default: | |
7170 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7171 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
7172 | else | |
7173 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7174 | break; | |
7175 | } | |
7176 | ||
7177 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
7178 | for( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
7179 | { | |
7180 | dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
7181 | ||
7182 | switch( horizAlign ) | |
7183 | { | |
7184 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
7185 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7186 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
7187 | else | |
7188 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
7189 | break; | |
7190 | ||
7191 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
7192 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7193 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth)/2); | |
7194 | else | |
7195 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth)/2); | |
7196 | break; | |
7197 | ||
7198 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
7199 | default: | |
7200 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7201 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
7202 | else | |
7203 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
7204 | break; | |
7205 | } | |
7206 | ||
7207 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7208 | { | |
7209 | dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y ); | |
7210 | y += lineHeight; | |
7211 | } | |
7212 | else | |
7213 | { | |
7214 | dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 ); | |
7215 | x += lineHeight; | |
7216 | } | |
7217 | } | |
7218 | } | |
7219 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
7220 | } | |
7221 | ||
7222 | ||
7223 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing | |
7224 | // contents of the string array are preserved. | |
7225 | // | |
7226 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
7227 | { | |
7228 | int startPos = 0; | |
7229 | int pos; | |
7230 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7231 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
7232 | ||
7233 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) | |
7234 | { | |
7235 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
7236 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
7237 | { | |
7238 | break; | |
7239 | } | |
7240 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
7241 | { | |
7242 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
7243 | } | |
7244 | else | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
7247 | } | |
7248 | startPos += pos+1; | |
7249 | } | |
7250 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) | |
7251 | { | |
7252 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
7253 | } | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | ||
7256 | ||
7257 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, | |
7258 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
7259 | long *width, long *height ) | |
7260 | { | |
7261 | long w = 0; | |
7262 | long h = 0; | |
7263 | long lineW, lineH; | |
7264 | ||
7265 | size_t i; | |
7266 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
7267 | { | |
7268 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
7269 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
7270 | h += lineH; | |
7271 | } | |
7272 | ||
7273 | *width = w; | |
7274 | *height = h; | |
7275 | } | |
7276 | ||
7277 | // | |
7278 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
7279 | // | |
7280 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
7281 | { | |
7282 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | m_batchCount--; | |
7285 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
7286 | { | |
7287 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7288 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7289 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7290 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7291 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7292 | } | |
7293 | } | |
7294 | } | |
7295 | ||
7296 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
7297 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
7298 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
7299 | // | |
7300 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
7301 | { | |
7302 | BeginBatch(); | |
7303 | EndBatch(); | |
7304 | } | |
7305 | ||
7306 | ||
7307 | // | |
7308 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
7309 | // | |
7310 | ||
7311 | ||
7312 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
7313 | { | |
7314 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
7315 | // | |
7316 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
7317 | { | |
7318 | if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
7319 | m_editable = edit; | |
7320 | } | |
7321 | } | |
7322 | ||
7323 | ||
7324 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
7325 | { | |
7326 | if (! m_editable) | |
7327 | return; | |
7328 | ||
7329 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7330 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
7331 | ||
7332 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7333 | { | |
7334 | if ( enable ) | |
7335 | { | |
7336 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
7337 | return; | |
7338 | ||
7339 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
7340 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), | |
7341 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
7342 | ||
7343 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
7344 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
7345 | ||
7346 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
7347 | } | |
7348 | else | |
7349 | { | |
7350 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
7351 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
7352 | ||
7353 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7354 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7355 | ||
7356 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
7357 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
7358 | } | |
7359 | } | |
7360 | } | |
7361 | ||
7362 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
7363 | { | |
7364 | // const_cast | |
7365 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7366 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7367 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7368 | ||
7369 | return readonly; | |
7370 | } | |
7371 | ||
7372 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
7373 | { | |
7374 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
7375 | } | |
7376 | ||
7377 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
7378 | { | |
7379 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
7380 | // current one if it's read only | |
7381 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; | |
7382 | } | |
7383 | ||
7384 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
7385 | { | |
7386 | bool isShown = FALSE; | |
7387 | ||
7388 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
7389 | { | |
7390 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7391 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7392 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7393 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
7394 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7395 | ||
7396 | if ( editor ) | |
7397 | { | |
7398 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
7399 | { | |
7400 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
7401 | } | |
7402 | ||
7403 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7404 | } | |
7405 | } | |
7406 | ||
7407 | return isShown; | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | ||
7410 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7413 | { | |
7414 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) | |
7415 | { | |
7416 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
7417 | return; | |
7418 | } | |
7419 | else | |
7420 | { | |
7421 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
7422 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7423 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7424 | ||
7425 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
7426 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7427 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7428 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
7429 | { | |
7430 | row += cell_rows; | |
7431 | col += cell_cols; | |
7432 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
7433 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
7434 | } | |
7435 | ||
7436 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
7437 | // | |
7438 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7439 | ||
7440 | // done in PaintBackground() | |
7441 | #if 0 | |
7442 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
7443 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
7444 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7445 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7446 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
7447 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
7448 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
7449 | #endif // 0 | |
7450 | ||
7451 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
7452 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
7453 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
7454 | // "don't change." | |
7455 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
7456 | rect.x--; | |
7457 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
7458 | rect.y--; | |
7459 | ||
7460 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7461 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7462 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
7463 | { | |
7464 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, | |
7465 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
7466 | ||
7467 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
7468 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
7469 | this, | |
7470 | row, | |
7471 | col, | |
7472 | editor->GetControl()); | |
7473 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
7474 | } | |
7475 | ||
7476 | ||
7477 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
7478 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
7479 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
7480 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
7481 | { | |
7482 | int y; | |
7483 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, | |
7484 | NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
7485 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) maxWidth = rect.width; | |
7486 | } | |
7487 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
7488 | if (rect.x+maxWidth > client_right) | |
7489 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
7490 | ||
7491 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
7492 | { | |
7493 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7494 | // may have changed earlier | |
7495 | for (int i = col+cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
7496 | { | |
7497 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
7498 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
7499 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
7500 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell(row,i) && | |
7501 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
7502 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
7503 | else | |
7504 | break; | |
7505 | } | |
7506 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
7507 | rect.SetRight(client_right-1); | |
7508 | } | |
7509 | ||
7510 | editor->SetCellAttr(attr); | |
7511 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
7512 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); | |
7513 | ||
7514 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
7515 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
7516 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7517 | ||
7518 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
7519 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
7520 | ||
7521 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7522 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7523 | } | |
7524 | } | |
7525 | } | |
7526 | ||
7527 | ||
7528 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
7529 | { | |
7530 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7531 | { | |
7532 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7533 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7534 | ||
7535 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7536 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7537 | editor->Show( FALSE ); | |
7538 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7539 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7540 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
7541 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
7542 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
7543 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
7544 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
7545 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
7546 | } | |
7547 | } | |
7548 | ||
7549 | ||
7550 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
7551 | { | |
7552 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
7553 | { | |
7554 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7555 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7556 | ||
7557 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col); | |
7558 | ||
7559 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7560 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7561 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
7562 | ||
7563 | editor->DecRef(); | |
7564 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7565 | ||
7566 | if (changed) | |
7567 | { | |
7568 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
7569 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7570 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) { | |
7571 | ||
7572 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
7573 | SetCellValue(row,col,oldval); | |
7574 | } | |
7575 | } | |
7576 | } | |
7577 | } | |
7578 | ||
7579 | ||
7580 | // | |
7581 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
7582 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
7583 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
7584 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
7585 | // | |
7586 | ||
7587 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
7588 | { | |
7589 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
7590 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
7591 | ||
7592 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
7593 | { | |
7594 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7595 | } | |
7596 | else | |
7597 | { | |
7598 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
7599 | } | |
7600 | } | |
7601 | ||
7602 | ||
7603 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
7604 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
7605 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
7606 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
7607 | ||
7608 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
7609 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax, | |
7610 | bool clipToMinMax) | |
7611 | { | |
7612 | ||
7613 | if (coord < 0) | |
7614 | return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1; | |
7615 | ||
7616 | ||
7617 | if (!defaultDist) | |
7618 | defaultDist = 1; | |
7619 | ||
7620 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
7621 | i_min = 0; | |
7622 | ||
7623 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
7624 | { | |
7625 | if((int) i_max < nMax) | |
7626 | return i_max; | |
7627 | return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1; | |
7628 | } | |
7629 | ||
7630 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
7631 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
7632 | else | |
7633 | { | |
7634 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
7635 | { | |
7636 | i_min = i_max; | |
7637 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
7638 | } | |
7639 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
7640 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
7643 | return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
7644 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
7645 | return 0; | |
7646 | ||
7647 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
7648 | { | |
7649 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
7650 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
7651 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
7652 | return i_max; | |
7653 | else | |
7654 | i_max--; | |
7655 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
7656 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
7657 | i_max = median; | |
7658 | else | |
7659 | i_min = median; | |
7660 | } | |
7661 | return i_max; | |
7662 | } | |
7663 | ||
7664 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
7665 | { | |
7666 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
7667 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, FALSE); | |
7668 | } | |
7669 | ||
7670 | ||
7671 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
7672 | { | |
7673 | return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, | |
7674 | m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, FALSE); | |
7675 | } | |
7676 | ||
7677 | ||
7678 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
7679 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
7680 | // | |
7681 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
7682 | { | |
7683 | int i; | |
7684 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
7685 | ||
7686 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7687 | { | |
7688 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
7689 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
7690 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7691 | return i; | |
7692 | else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7693 | return i - 1; | |
7694 | } | |
7695 | ||
7696 | return -1; | |
7697 | } | |
7698 | ||
7699 | ||
7700 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
7701 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
7702 | // | |
7703 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
7704 | { | |
7705 | int i; | |
7706 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
7707 | ||
7708 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7709 | { | |
7710 | // We know that we are in column i, test whether we are | |
7711 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
7712 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7713 | return i; | |
7714 | else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
7715 | return i - 1; | |
7716 | } | |
7717 | ||
7718 | return -1; | |
7719 | } | |
7720 | ||
7721 | ||
7722 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
7723 | { | |
7724 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
7725 | ||
7726 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
7727 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
7728 | { | |
7729 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7730 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
7731 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7732 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
7733 | if (cell_rows < 0) row += cell_rows; | |
7734 | if (cell_cols < 0) col += cell_cols; | |
7735 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
7736 | ||
7737 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
7738 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7739 | for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++) | |
7740 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
7741 | for (i=row; i<row+cell_rows; i++) | |
7742 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
7743 | } | |
7744 | ||
7745 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
7746 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) { | |
7747 | rect.width -= 1; | |
7748 | rect.height -= 1; | |
7749 | } | |
7750 | return rect; | |
7751 | } | |
7752 | ||
7753 | ||
7754 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
7755 | { | |
7756 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
7757 | // | |
7758 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
7759 | ||
7760 | // convert to device coords | |
7761 | // | |
7762 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
7763 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
7764 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
7765 | ||
7766 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
7767 | // | |
7768 | int cw, ch; | |
7769 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7770 | ||
7771 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
7772 | { | |
7773 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
7774 | // | |
7775 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
7776 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
7777 | } | |
7778 | else | |
7779 | { | |
7780 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
7781 | // | |
7782 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
7783 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
7784 | } | |
7785 | } | |
7786 | ||
7787 | ||
7788 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
7789 | // of scrolling | |
7790 | // | |
7791 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
7792 | { | |
7793 | ||
7794 | int i; | |
7795 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
7796 | ||
7797 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
7798 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
7799 | { | |
7800 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
7801 | // | |
7802 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
7803 | ||
7804 | // convert to device coords | |
7805 | // | |
7806 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
7807 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
7808 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
7809 | ||
7810 | int cw, ch; | |
7811 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7812 | ||
7813 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
7814 | { | |
7815 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
7818 | { | |
7819 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
7820 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
7821 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7822 | { | |
7823 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
7824 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
7825 | break; | |
7826 | ||
7827 | h += rowHeight; | |
7828 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
7829 | } | |
7830 | ||
7831 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
7832 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we | |
7833 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
7834 | // | |
7835 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full | |
7836 | // scroll unit... | |
7837 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
7838 | } | |
7839 | ||
7840 | if ( left < 0 ) | |
7841 | { | |
7842 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
7843 | } | |
7844 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
7845 | { | |
7846 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
7847 | int x0, y0; | |
7848 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
7849 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
7850 | ||
7851 | // see comment for ypos above | |
7852 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
7853 | } | |
7854 | ||
7855 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
7856 | { | |
7857 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
7858 | xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
7859 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
7860 | ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
7861 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
7862 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
7863 | } | |
7864 | } | |
7865 | } | |
7866 | ||
7867 | ||
7868 | // | |
7869 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
7870 | // | |
7871 | ||
7872 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
7873 | { | |
7874 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7875 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
7876 | { | |
7877 | if ( expandSelection) | |
7878 | { | |
7879 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7880 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7881 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7882 | { | |
7883 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
7884 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7885 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7886 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7887 | } | |
7888 | } | |
7889 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7890 | { | |
7891 | ClearSelection(); | |
7892 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7893 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7894 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7895 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7896 | } | |
7897 | else | |
7898 | return FALSE; | |
7899 | return TRUE; | |
7900 | } | |
7901 | ||
7902 | return FALSE; | |
7903 | } | |
7904 | ||
7905 | ||
7906 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
7907 | { | |
7908 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7909 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
7910 | { | |
7911 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7912 | { | |
7913 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7914 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7915 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7916 | { | |
7917 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
7918 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7919 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7920 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7921 | } | |
7922 | } | |
7923 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
7924 | { | |
7925 | ClearSelection(); | |
7926 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7927 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7928 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7929 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7930 | } | |
7931 | else | |
7932 | return FALSE; | |
7933 | return TRUE; | |
7934 | } | |
7935 | ||
7936 | return FALSE; | |
7937 | } | |
7938 | ||
7939 | ||
7940 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
7941 | { | |
7942 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7943 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
7944 | { | |
7945 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7946 | { | |
7947 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7948 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7949 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7950 | { | |
7951 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7952 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7953 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7954 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7955 | } | |
7956 | } | |
7957 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7958 | { | |
7959 | ClearSelection(); | |
7960 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7961 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7962 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7963 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7964 | } | |
7965 | else | |
7966 | return FALSE; | |
7967 | return TRUE; | |
7968 | } | |
7969 | ||
7970 | return FALSE; | |
7971 | } | |
7972 | ||
7973 | ||
7974 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
7975 | { | |
7976 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7977 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
7978 | { | |
7979 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7980 | { | |
7981 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7982 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7983 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7984 | { | |
7985 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7986 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7987 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7988 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7989 | } | |
7990 | } | |
7991 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7992 | { | |
7993 | ClearSelection(); | |
7994 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7995 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7996 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7997 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7998 | } | |
7999 | else | |
8000 | return FALSE; | |
8001 | return TRUE; | |
8002 | } | |
8003 | ||
8004 | return FALSE; | |
8005 | } | |
8006 | ||
8007 | ||
8008 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
8009 | { | |
8010 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
8011 | ||
8012 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8013 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
8014 | { | |
8015 | int cw, ch; | |
8016 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8017 | ||
8018 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8019 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
8020 | ||
8021 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8022 | { | |
8023 | //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here. | |
8024 | newRow = row - 1; | |
8025 | } | |
8026 | ||
8027 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8028 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8029 | ||
8030 | return TRUE; | |
8031 | } | |
8032 | ||
8033 | return FALSE; | |
8034 | } | |
8035 | ||
8036 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
8037 | { | |
8038 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
8039 | ||
8040 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8041 | if ( (row+1) < m_numRows ) | |
8042 | { | |
8043 | int cw, ch; | |
8044 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8045 | ||
8046 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
8047 | int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch ); | |
8048 | if ( newRow == row ) | |
8049 | { | |
8050 | // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here. | |
8051 | newRow = row + 1; | |
8052 | } | |
8053 | ||
8054 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8055 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
8056 | ||
8057 | return TRUE; | |
8058 | } | |
8059 | ||
8060 | return FALSE; | |
8061 | } | |
8062 | ||
8063 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8064 | { | |
8065 | if ( m_table && | |
8066 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8067 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
8068 | { | |
8069 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8070 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8071 | ||
8072 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8073 | { | |
8074 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8075 | // non-empty cells | |
8076 | // | |
8077 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8078 | { | |
8079 | row-- ; | |
8080 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8081 | } | |
8082 | } | |
8083 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) | |
8084 | { | |
8085 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
8086 | // | |
8087 | row--; | |
8088 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8089 | { | |
8090 | row-- ; | |
8091 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8092 | } | |
8093 | } | |
8094 | else | |
8095 | { | |
8096 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
8097 | // | |
8098 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | row-- ; | |
8101 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8102 | { | |
8103 | row++ ; | |
8104 | break; | |
8105 | } | |
8106 | } | |
8107 | } | |
8108 | ||
8109 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8110 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8111 | { | |
8112 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8113 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8114 | } | |
8115 | else | |
8116 | { | |
8117 | ClearSelection(); | |
8118 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8119 | } | |
8120 | return TRUE; | |
8121 | } | |
8122 | ||
8123 | return FALSE; | |
8124 | } | |
8125 | ||
8126 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8127 | { | |
8128 | if ( m_table && | |
8129 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8130 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
8131 | { | |
8132 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8133 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8134 | ||
8135 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8136 | { | |
8137 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8138 | // non-empty cells | |
8139 | // | |
8140 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
8141 | { | |
8142 | row++ ; | |
8143 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8144 | } | |
8145 | } | |
8146 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) | |
8147 | { | |
8148 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
8149 | // | |
8150 | row++; | |
8151 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
8152 | { | |
8153 | row++ ; | |
8154 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8155 | } | |
8156 | } | |
8157 | else | |
8158 | { | |
8159 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
8160 | // | |
8161 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
8162 | { | |
8163 | row++ ; | |
8164 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8165 | { | |
8166 | row-- ; | |
8167 | break; | |
8168 | } | |
8169 | } | |
8170 | } | |
8171 | ||
8172 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8173 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8174 | { | |
8175 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8176 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8177 | } | |
8178 | else | |
8179 | { | |
8180 | ClearSelection(); | |
8181 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8182 | } | |
8183 | ||
8184 | return TRUE; | |
8185 | } | |
8186 | ||
8187 | return FALSE; | |
8188 | } | |
8189 | ||
8190 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8191 | { | |
8192 | if ( m_table && | |
8193 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8194 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
8195 | { | |
8196 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8197 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8198 | ||
8199 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8200 | { | |
8201 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8202 | // non-empty cells | |
8203 | // | |
8204 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8205 | { | |
8206 | col-- ; | |
8207 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8208 | } | |
8209 | } | |
8210 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) | |
8211 | { | |
8212 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
8213 | // | |
8214 | col--; | |
8215 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8216 | { | |
8217 | col-- ; | |
8218 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8219 | } | |
8220 | } | |
8221 | else | |
8222 | { | |
8223 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
8224 | // | |
8225 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
8226 | { | |
8227 | col-- ; | |
8228 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8229 | { | |
8230 | col++ ; | |
8231 | break; | |
8232 | } | |
8233 | } | |
8234 | } | |
8235 | ||
8236 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8237 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8238 | { | |
8239 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8240 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8241 | } | |
8242 | else | |
8243 | { | |
8244 | ClearSelection(); | |
8245 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8246 | } | |
8247 | ||
8248 | return TRUE; | |
8249 | } | |
8250 | ||
8251 | return FALSE; | |
8252 | } | |
8253 | ||
8254 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
8255 | { | |
8256 | if ( m_table && | |
8257 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8258 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) | |
8259 | { | |
8260 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8261 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8262 | ||
8263 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8264 | { | |
8265 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
8266 | // non-empty cells | |
8267 | // | |
8268 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
8269 | { | |
8270 | col++ ; | |
8271 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8272 | } | |
8273 | } | |
8274 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) | |
8275 | { | |
8276 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
8277 | // | |
8278 | col++; | |
8279 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
8280 | { | |
8281 | col++ ; | |
8282 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
8283 | } | |
8284 | } | |
8285 | else | |
8286 | { | |
8287 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
8288 | // | |
8289 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
8290 | { | |
8291 | col++ ; | |
8292 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
8293 | { | |
8294 | col-- ; | |
8295 | break; | |
8296 | } | |
8297 | } | |
8298 | } | |
8299 | ||
8300 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
8301 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
8302 | { | |
8303 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
8304 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
8305 | } | |
8306 | else | |
8307 | { | |
8308 | ClearSelection(); | |
8309 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
8310 | } | |
8311 | ||
8312 | return TRUE; | |
8313 | } | |
8314 | ||
8315 | return FALSE; | |
8316 | } | |
8317 | ||
8318 | ||
8319 | ||
8320 | // | |
8321 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
8322 | // | |
8323 | ||
8324 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8325 | { | |
8326 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
8327 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
8328 | } | |
8329 | ||
8330 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8331 | { | |
8332 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
8333 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
8334 | } | |
8335 | ||
8336 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() | |
8337 | { | |
8338 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
8339 | } | |
8340 | ||
8341 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
8342 | { | |
8343 | if ( m_table ) | |
8344 | { | |
8345 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
8346 | } | |
8347 | else | |
8348 | { | |
8349 | wxString s; | |
8350 | s << row; | |
8351 | return s; | |
8352 | } | |
8353 | } | |
8354 | ||
8355 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
8356 | { | |
8357 | if ( m_table ) | |
8358 | { | |
8359 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
8360 | } | |
8361 | else | |
8362 | { | |
8363 | wxString s; | |
8364 | s << col; | |
8365 | return s; | |
8366 | } | |
8367 | } | |
8368 | ||
8369 | ||
8370 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
8371 | { | |
8372 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
8373 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
8374 | { | |
8375 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
8376 | { | |
8377 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
8378 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
8379 | } | |
8380 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
8381 | { | |
8382 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
8383 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
8384 | } | |
8385 | ||
8386 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
8387 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
8388 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE ); | |
8389 | } | |
8390 | } | |
8391 | ||
8392 | ||
8393 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
8394 | { | |
8395 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
8396 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
8397 | { | |
8398 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
8399 | { | |
8400 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
8401 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
8402 | } | |
8403 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
8404 | { | |
8405 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
8406 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
8407 | } | |
8408 | ||
8409 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
8410 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
8411 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( TRUE ); | |
8412 | } | |
8413 | } | |
8414 | ||
8415 | ||
8416 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8417 | { | |
8418 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
8419 | { | |
8420 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
8421 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8422 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8423 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
8424 | ||
8425 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8426 | { | |
8427 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8428 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8429 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8430 | } | |
8431 | } | |
8432 | } | |
8433 | ||
8434 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8435 | { | |
8436 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
8437 | { | |
8438 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
8439 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8440 | { | |
8441 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8442 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8443 | } | |
8444 | } | |
8445 | } | |
8446 | ||
8447 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
8448 | { | |
8449 | m_labelFont = font; | |
8450 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8451 | { | |
8452 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8453 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8454 | } | |
8455 | } | |
8456 | ||
8457 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
8458 | { | |
8459 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
8460 | switch ( horiz ) | |
8461 | { | |
8462 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
8463 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
8464 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8465 | } | |
8466 | ||
8467 | switch ( vert ) | |
8468 | { | |
8469 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
8470 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
8471 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8472 | } | |
8473 | ||
8474 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
8475 | { | |
8476 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
8477 | } | |
8478 | ||
8479 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
8480 | { | |
8481 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
8482 | } | |
8483 | ||
8484 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8485 | { | |
8486 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8487 | } | |
8488 | } | |
8489 | ||
8490 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
8491 | { | |
8492 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
8493 | switch ( horiz ) | |
8494 | { | |
8495 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
8496 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
8497 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8498 | } | |
8499 | ||
8500 | switch ( vert ) | |
8501 | { | |
8502 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
8503 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
8504 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
8505 | } | |
8506 | ||
8507 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
8508 | { | |
8509 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
8510 | } | |
8511 | ||
8512 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
8513 | { | |
8514 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
8515 | } | |
8516 | ||
8517 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8518 | { | |
8519 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8520 | } | |
8521 | } | |
8522 | ||
8523 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
8524 | // does not support vertical printing | |
8525 | // | |
8526 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
8527 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
8528 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
8529 | // | |
8530 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
8531 | { | |
8532 | if( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
8533 | { | |
8534 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
8535 | } | |
8536 | ||
8537 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8538 | { | |
8539 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
8540 | } | |
8541 | } | |
8542 | ||
8543 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
8544 | { | |
8545 | if ( m_table ) | |
8546 | { | |
8547 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
8548 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8549 | { | |
8550 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); | |
8551 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
8552 | { | |
8553 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
8554 | rect.x = 0; | |
8555 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8556 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8557 | } | |
8558 | } | |
8559 | } | |
8560 | } | |
8561 | ||
8562 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
8563 | { | |
8564 | if ( m_table ) | |
8565 | { | |
8566 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
8567 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8568 | { | |
8569 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
8570 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
8571 | { | |
8572 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
8573 | rect.y = 0; | |
8574 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8575 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8576 | } | |
8577 | } | |
8578 | } | |
8579 | } | |
8580 | ||
8581 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8582 | { | |
8583 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
8584 | { | |
8585 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
8586 | ||
8587 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8588 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8589 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
8590 | } | |
8591 | } | |
8592 | ||
8593 | ||
8594 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
8595 | { | |
8596 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
8597 | { | |
8598 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
8599 | ||
8600 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8601 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8602 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
8603 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
8604 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8605 | } | |
8606 | } | |
8607 | ||
8608 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
8609 | { | |
8610 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) { | |
8611 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
8612 | ||
8613 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
8614 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
8615 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8616 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8617 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
8618 | return; | |
8619 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
8620 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
8621 | } | |
8622 | } | |
8623 | ||
8624 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
8625 | { | |
8626 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) { | |
8627 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
8628 | ||
8629 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
8630 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
8631 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
8632 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
8633 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
8634 | return; | |
8635 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
8636 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
8637 | } | |
8638 | } | |
8639 | ||
8640 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
8641 | { | |
8642 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
8643 | { | |
8644 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
8645 | ||
8646 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8647 | { | |
8648 | if ( enable ) | |
8649 | { | |
8650 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8651 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8652 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
8653 | } | |
8654 | else | |
8655 | { | |
8656 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
8657 | } | |
8658 | } | |
8659 | } | |
8660 | } | |
8661 | ||
8662 | ||
8663 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
8664 | { | |
8665 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
8666 | } | |
8667 | ||
8668 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
8669 | { | |
8670 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
8671 | ||
8672 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
8673 | } | |
8674 | ||
8675 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
8676 | { | |
8677 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
8678 | } | |
8679 | ||
8680 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
8681 | { | |
8682 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
8683 | ||
8684 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
8685 | } | |
8686 | ||
8687 | // ============================================================================ | |
8688 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
8689 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
8690 | // ============================================================================ | |
8691 | ||
8692 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8693 | // setting default attributes | |
8694 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8695 | ||
8696 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
8697 | { | |
8698 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
8699 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
8700 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
8701 | #endif | |
8702 | } | |
8703 | ||
8704 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
8705 | { | |
8706 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
8707 | } | |
8708 | ||
8709 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
8710 | { | |
8711 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8712 | } | |
8713 | ||
8714 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
8715 | { | |
8716 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
8717 | } | |
8718 | ||
8719 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
8720 | { | |
8721 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
8722 | } | |
8723 | ||
8724 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
8725 | { | |
8726 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8727 | } | |
8728 | ||
8729 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
8730 | { | |
8731 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); | |
8732 | } | |
8733 | ||
8734 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8735 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
8736 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8737 | ||
8738 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
8739 | { | |
8740 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
8741 | } | |
8742 | ||
8743 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
8744 | { | |
8745 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
8746 | } | |
8747 | ||
8748 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
8749 | { | |
8750 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
8751 | } | |
8752 | ||
8753 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8754 | { | |
8755 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8756 | } | |
8757 | ||
8758 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() | |
8759 | { | |
8760 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
8761 | } | |
8762 | ||
8763 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
8764 | { | |
8765 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
8766 | } | |
8767 | ||
8768 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
8769 | { | |
8770 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
8771 | } | |
8772 | ||
8773 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8774 | // access to cell attributes | |
8775 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8776 | ||
8777 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
8778 | { | |
8779 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8780 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
8781 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8782 | return colour; | |
8783 | } | |
8784 | ||
8785 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
8786 | { | |
8787 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8788 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
8789 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8790 | return colour; | |
8791 | } | |
8792 | ||
8793 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
8794 | { | |
8795 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8796 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
8797 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8798 | return font; | |
8799 | } | |
8800 | ||
8801 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8802 | { | |
8803 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8804 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8805 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8806 | } | |
8807 | ||
8808 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) | |
8809 | { | |
8810 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8811 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
8812 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8813 | return allow; | |
8814 | } | |
8815 | ||
8816 | void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) | |
8817 | { | |
8818 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8819 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
8820 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8821 | } | |
8822 | ||
8823 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
8824 | { | |
8825 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8826 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
8827 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8828 | ||
8829 | return renderer; | |
8830 | } | |
8831 | ||
8832 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
8833 | { | |
8834 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8835 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8836 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8837 | ||
8838 | return editor; | |
8839 | } | |
8840 | ||
8841 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
8842 | { | |
8843 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8844 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8845 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8846 | return isReadOnly; | |
8847 | } | |
8848 | ||
8849 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8850 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
8851 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8852 | ||
8853 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
8854 | { | |
8855 | if ( !m_table ) | |
8856 | { | |
8857 | return FALSE; | |
8858 | } | |
8859 | ||
8860 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
8861 | } | |
8862 | ||
8863 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
8864 | { | |
8865 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
8866 | { | |
8867 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
8868 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
8869 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
8870 | } | |
8871 | } | |
8872 | ||
8873 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
8874 | { | |
8875 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
8876 | { | |
8877 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8878 | ||
8879 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
8880 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
8881 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
8882 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
8883 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
8884 | } | |
8885 | } | |
8886 | ||
8887 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
8888 | { | |
8889 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
8890 | { | |
8891 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
8892 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
8893 | ||
8894 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
8895 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
8896 | #endif | |
8897 | ||
8898 | return TRUE; | |
8899 | } | |
8900 | else | |
8901 | { | |
8902 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
8903 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
8904 | #endif | |
8905 | return FALSE; | |
8906 | } | |
8907 | } | |
8908 | ||
8909 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8910 | { | |
8911 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
8912 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
8913 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
8914 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
8915 | { | |
8916 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
8917 | { | |
8918 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
8919 | : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8920 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
8921 | } | |
8922 | } | |
8923 | if (attr) | |
8924 | { | |
8925 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8926 | } | |
8927 | else | |
8928 | { | |
8929 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
8930 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8931 | } | |
8932 | ||
8933 | return attr; | |
8934 | } | |
8935 | ||
8936 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8937 | { | |
8938 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8939 | ||
8940 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, | |
8941 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); | |
8942 | ||
8943 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
8944 | if ( !attr ) | |
8945 | { | |
8946 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8947 | ||
8948 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
8949 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8950 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
8951 | } | |
8952 | ||
8953 | return attr; | |
8954 | } | |
8955 | ||
8956 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8957 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
8958 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8959 | ||
8960 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
8961 | { | |
8962 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
8963 | } | |
8964 | ||
8965 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
8966 | { | |
8967 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
8968 | } | |
8969 | ||
8970 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
8971 | { | |
8972 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
8973 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
8974 | { | |
8975 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
8976 | } | |
8977 | ||
8978 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
8979 | } | |
8980 | ||
8981 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
8982 | { | |
8983 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8984 | ||
8985 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
8986 | if(!attr) | |
8987 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8988 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8989 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8990 | ||
8991 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
8992 | ||
8993 | } | |
8994 | ||
8995 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8996 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
8997 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8998 | ||
8999 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9000 | { | |
9001 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9002 | { | |
9003 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
9004 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9005 | } | |
9006 | else | |
9007 | { | |
9008 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9009 | } | |
9010 | } | |
9011 | ||
9012 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9013 | { | |
9014 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9015 | { | |
9016 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
9017 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9018 | } | |
9019 | else | |
9020 | { | |
9021 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9022 | } | |
9023 | } | |
9024 | ||
9025 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
9026 | { | |
9027 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9028 | { | |
9029 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
9030 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
9031 | } | |
9032 | else | |
9033 | { | |
9034 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
9035 | } | |
9036 | } | |
9037 | ||
9038 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9039 | { | |
9040 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9041 | { | |
9042 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9043 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
9044 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9045 | } | |
9046 | } | |
9047 | ||
9048 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
9049 | { | |
9050 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9051 | { | |
9052 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9053 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
9054 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9055 | } | |
9056 | } | |
9057 | ||
9058 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
9059 | { | |
9060 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9061 | { | |
9062 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9063 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
9064 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9065 | } | |
9066 | } | |
9067 | ||
9068 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
9069 | { | |
9070 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9071 | { | |
9072 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9073 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
9074 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9075 | } | |
9076 | } | |
9077 | ||
9078 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
9079 | { | |
9080 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9081 | { | |
9082 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9083 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
9084 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9085 | } | |
9086 | } | |
9087 | ||
9088 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
9089 | { | |
9090 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9091 | { | |
9092 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
9093 | ||
9094 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9095 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
9096 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
9097 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9098 | ||
9099 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
9100 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
9101 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
9102 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
9103 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
9104 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
9105 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
9106 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
9107 | ||
9108 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
9109 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1)) | |
9110 | { | |
9111 | int i, j; | |
9112 | for (j=row; j<row+cell_rows; j++) | |
9113 | { | |
9114 | for (i=col; i<col+cell_cols; i++) | |
9115 | { | |
9116 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9117 | { | |
9118 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9119 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
9120 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9121 | } | |
9122 | } | |
9123 | } | |
9124 | } | |
9125 | ||
9126 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
9127 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
9128 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
9129 | { | |
9130 | int i, j; | |
9131 | for (j=row; j<row+num_rows; j++) | |
9132 | { | |
9133 | for (i=col; i<col+num_cols; i++) | |
9134 | { | |
9135 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
9136 | { | |
9137 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
9138 | attr_stub->SetSize( row-j, col-i ); | |
9139 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
9140 | } | |
9141 | } | |
9142 | } | |
9143 | } | |
9144 | } | |
9145 | } | |
9146 | ||
9147 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
9148 | { | |
9149 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9150 | { | |
9151 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9152 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
9153 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9154 | } | |
9155 | } | |
9156 | ||
9157 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
9158 | { | |
9159 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9160 | { | |
9161 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9162 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
9163 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9164 | } | |
9165 | } | |
9166 | ||
9167 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
9168 | { | |
9169 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
9170 | { | |
9171 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
9172 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
9173 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9174 | } | |
9175 | } | |
9176 | ||
9177 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9178 | // Data type registration | |
9179 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9180 | ||
9181 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
9182 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
9183 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
9184 | { | |
9185 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
9186 | } | |
9187 | ||
9188 | ||
9189 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
9190 | { | |
9191 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
9192 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
9193 | } | |
9194 | ||
9195 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
9196 | { | |
9197 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
9198 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
9199 | } | |
9200 | ||
9201 | wxGridCellEditor* | |
9202 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
9203 | { | |
9204 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
9205 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
9206 | { | |
9207 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
9208 | ||
9209 | return NULL; | |
9210 | } | |
9211 | ||
9212 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
9213 | } | |
9214 | ||
9215 | wxGridCellRenderer* | |
9216 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
9217 | { | |
9218 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
9219 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
9220 | { | |
9221 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
9222 | ||
9223 | return NULL; | |
9224 | } | |
9225 | ||
9226 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
9227 | } | |
9228 | ||
9229 | ||
9230 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9231 | // row/col size | |
9232 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9233 | ||
9234 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
9235 | { | |
9236 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
9237 | } | |
9238 | ||
9239 | ||
9240 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
9241 | { | |
9242 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
9243 | } | |
9244 | ||
9245 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
9246 | { | |
9247 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
9248 | } | |
9249 | ||
9250 | ||
9251 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
9252 | { | |
9253 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
9254 | ||
9255 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
9256 | { | |
9257 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
9258 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
9259 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
9260 | // some speed optimisations) | |
9261 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
9262 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
9263 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9264 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9265 | } | |
9266 | } | |
9267 | ||
9268 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
9269 | { | |
9270 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
9271 | ||
9272 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
9273 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { return; } | |
9274 | ||
9275 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
9276 | { | |
9277 | // need to really create the array | |
9278 | InitRowHeights(); | |
9279 | } | |
9280 | ||
9281 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
9282 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
9283 | ||
9284 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
9285 | int i; | |
9286 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
9287 | { | |
9288 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
9289 | } | |
9290 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9291 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9292 | } | |
9293 | ||
9294 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
9295 | { | |
9296 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ); | |
9297 | ||
9298 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
9299 | { | |
9300 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
9301 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
9302 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
9303 | // some speed optimisations) | |
9304 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
9305 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
9306 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9307 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9308 | } | |
9309 | } | |
9310 | ||
9311 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
9312 | { | |
9313 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
9314 | ||
9315 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
9316 | // (VZ) | |
9317 | // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's | |
9318 | // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker | |
9319 | // constariant of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering | |
9320 | // | |
9321 | // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734 | |
9322 | ||
9323 | if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { return; } | |
9324 | ||
9325 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
9326 | { | |
9327 | // need to really create the array | |
9328 | InitColWidths(); | |
9329 | } | |
9330 | ||
9331 | // if < 0 calc new width from label | |
9332 | if( width < 0 ) | |
9333 | { | |
9334 | long w, h; | |
9335 | wxArrayString lines; | |
9336 | wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin); | |
9337 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
9338 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
9339 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
9340 | width = w + 6; | |
9341 | } | |
9342 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
9343 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
9344 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
9345 | ||
9346 | int i; | |
9347 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
9348 | { | |
9349 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
9350 | } | |
9351 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9352 | CalcDimensions(); | |
9353 | } | |
9354 | ||
9355 | ||
9356 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
9357 | { | |
9358 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) { | |
9359 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); | |
9360 | } | |
9361 | } | |
9362 | ||
9363 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
9364 | { | |
9365 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) { | |
9366 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); | |
9367 | } | |
9368 | } | |
9369 | ||
9370 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
9371 | { | |
9372 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); | |
9373 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
9374 | } | |
9375 | ||
9376 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
9377 | { | |
9378 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); | |
9379 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
9380 | } | |
9381 | ||
9382 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
9383 | { | |
9384 | if ( width<1 ) | |
9385 | return; | |
9386 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
9387 | } | |
9388 | ||
9389 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
9390 | { | |
9391 | if ( height<1 ) | |
9392 | return; | |
9393 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
9394 | }; | |
9395 | ||
9396 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
9397 | { | |
9398 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
9399 | } | |
9400 | ||
9401 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
9402 | { | |
9403 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
9404 | } | |
9405 | ||
9406 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9407 | // auto sizing | |
9408 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9409 | ||
9410 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
9411 | { | |
9412 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
9413 | ||
9414 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one | |
9415 | int row = -1, | |
9416 | col = -1; | |
9417 | if ( column ) | |
9418 | col = colOrRow; | |
9419 | else | |
9420 | row = colOrRow; | |
9421 | ||
9422 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
9423 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
9424 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
9425 | { | |
9426 | if ( column ) | |
9427 | row = rowOrCol; | |
9428 | else | |
9429 | col = rowOrCol; | |
9430 | ||
9431 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
9432 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
9433 | if ( renderer ) | |
9434 | { | |
9435 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
9436 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
9437 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
9438 | { | |
9439 | extentMax = extent; | |
9440 | } | |
9441 | ||
9442 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
9443 | } | |
9444 | ||
9445 | attr->DecRef(); | |
9446 | } | |
9447 | ||
9448 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
9449 | wxCoord w, h; | |
9450 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
9451 | ||
9452 | if ( column ) | |
9453 | { | |
9454 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
9455 | if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
9456 | w = h; | |
9457 | } | |
9458 | else | |
9459 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
9460 | ||
9461 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
9462 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
9463 | { | |
9464 | extentMax = extent; | |
9465 | } | |
9466 | ||
9467 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
9468 | { | |
9469 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
9470 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) | |
9471 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9472 | } | |
9473 | else | |
9474 | { | |
9475 | if ( column ) | |
9476 | { | |
9477 | // leave some space around text | |
9478 | extentMax += 10; | |
9479 | } | |
9480 | else | |
9481 | { | |
9482 | extentMax += 6; | |
9483 | } | |
9484 | } | |
9485 | ||
9486 | if ( column ) | |
9487 | { | |
9488 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); | |
9489 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9490 | { | |
9491 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
9492 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9493 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
9494 | rect.y = 0; | |
9495 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
9496 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
9497 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9498 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
9499 | } | |
9500 | } | |
9501 | else | |
9502 | { | |
9503 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
9504 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9505 | { | |
9506 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
9507 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9508 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
9509 | rect.x = 0; | |
9510 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
9511 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9512 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
9513 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
9514 | } | |
9515 | } | |
9516 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
9517 | { | |
9518 | if ( column ) | |
9519 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
9520 | else | |
9521 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
9522 | } | |
9523 | } | |
9524 | ||
9525 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
9526 | { | |
9527 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
9528 | ||
9529 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9530 | BeginBatch(); | |
9531 | ||
9532 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
9533 | { | |
9534 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9535 | { | |
9536 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
9537 | } | |
9538 | ||
9539 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
9540 | } | |
9541 | ||
9542 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9543 | EndBatch(); | |
9544 | ||
9545 | return width; | |
9546 | } | |
9547 | ||
9548 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
9549 | { | |
9550 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
9551 | ||
9552 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9553 | BeginBatch(); | |
9554 | ||
9555 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
9556 | { | |
9557 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9558 | { | |
9559 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
9560 | } | |
9561 | ||
9562 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
9563 | } | |
9564 | ||
9565 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
9566 | EndBatch(); | |
9567 | ||
9568 | return height; | |
9569 | } | |
9570 | ||
9571 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
9572 | { | |
9573 | BeginBatch(); | |
9574 | ||
9575 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); | |
9576 | ||
9577 | // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we | |
9578 | // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width | |
9579 | // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary | |
9580 | // scrollbar steps | |
9581 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, | |
9582 | GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y); | |
9583 | ||
9584 | // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having | |
9585 | // extra white space | |
9586 | ||
9587 | // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above | |
9588 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1); | |
9589 | if ( diff && m_numCols ) | |
9590 | { | |
9591 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
9592 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
9593 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
9594 | { | |
9595 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
9596 | { | |
9597 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
9598 | } | |
9599 | } | |
9600 | ||
9601 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
9602 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
9603 | if ( diff ) | |
9604 | { | |
9605 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
9606 | { | |
9607 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
9608 | } | |
9609 | } | |
9610 | } | |
9611 | ||
9612 | // same for rows | |
9613 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1); | |
9614 | if ( diff && m_numRows ) | |
9615 | { | |
9616 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
9617 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
9618 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
9619 | { | |
9620 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
9621 | { | |
9622 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
9623 | } | |
9624 | } | |
9625 | ||
9626 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
9627 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
9628 | if ( diff ) | |
9629 | { | |
9630 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
9631 | { | |
9632 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
9633 | } | |
9634 | } | |
9635 | } | |
9636 | ||
9637 | EndBatch(); | |
9638 | ||
9639 | SetClientSize(sizeFit); | |
9640 | } | |
9641 | ||
9642 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
9643 | { | |
9644 | wxArrayString lines; | |
9645 | long w, h; | |
9646 | ||
9647 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
9648 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
9649 | if( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
9650 | { | |
9651 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
9652 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
9653 | } | |
9654 | ||
9655 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
9656 | StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines ); | |
9657 | wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin ); | |
9658 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
9659 | if( h < m_defaultRowHeight ) | |
9660 | h = m_defaultRowHeight; | |
9661 | SetRowSize(row, h); | |
9662 | ForceRefresh(); | |
9663 | } | |
9664 | ||
9665 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
9666 | { | |
9667 | wxArrayString lines; | |
9668 | long w, h; | |
9669 | ||
9670 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
9671 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
9672 | if( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
9673 | { | |
9674 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
9675 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
9676 | } | |
9677 | ||
9678 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
9679 | StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines ); | |
9680 | wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin ); | |
9681 | if( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
9682 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
9683 | else | |
9684 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w); | |
9685 | if( w < m_defaultColWidth ) | |
9686 | w = m_defaultColWidth; | |
9687 | SetColSize(col, w); | |
9688 | ForceRefresh(); | |
9689 | } | |
9690 | ||
9691 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
9692 | { | |
9693 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
9694 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
9695 | ||
9696 | int width, height; | |
9697 | width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE); | |
9698 | height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE); | |
9699 | ||
9700 | int maxwidth, maxheight; | |
9701 | wxDisplaySize( & maxwidth, & maxheight ); | |
9702 | ||
9703 | if ( width > maxwidth ) width = maxwidth; | |
9704 | if ( height > maxheight ) height = maxheight; | |
9705 | ||
9706 | return wxSize( width, height ); | |
9707 | } | |
9708 | ||
9709 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
9710 | { | |
9711 | AutoSize(); | |
9712 | } | |
9713 | ||
9714 | ||
9715 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
9716 | { | |
9717 | return wxNullPen; | |
9718 | } | |
9719 | ||
9720 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9721 | // cell value accessor functions | |
9722 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9723 | ||
9724 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
9725 | { | |
9726 | if ( m_table ) | |
9727 | { | |
9728 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
9729 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
9730 | { | |
9731 | int dummy; | |
9732 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
9733 | rect.x = 0; | |
9734 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
9735 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
9736 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
9737 | } | |
9738 | ||
9739 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
9740 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
9741 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
9742 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
9743 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
9744 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
9745 | { | |
9746 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
9747 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
9748 | } | |
9749 | } | |
9750 | } | |
9751 | ||
9752 | ||
9753 | // | |
9754 | // ------ Block, row and col selection | |
9755 | // | |
9756 | ||
9757 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
9758 | { | |
9759 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
9760 | ClearSelection(); | |
9761 | ||
9762 | if ( m_selection ) | |
9763 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
9764 | } | |
9765 | ||
9766 | ||
9767 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
9768 | { | |
9769 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
9770 | ClearSelection(); | |
9771 | ||
9772 | if ( m_selection ) | |
9773 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
9774 | } | |
9775 | ||
9776 | ||
9777 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
9778 | bool addToSelected ) | |
9779 | { | |
9780 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
9781 | ClearSelection(); | |
9782 | ||
9783 | if ( m_selection ) | |
9784 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
9785 | FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
9786 | } | |
9787 | ||
9788 | ||
9789 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
9790 | { | |
9791 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
9792 | { | |
9793 | if ( m_selection ) | |
9794 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
9795 | } | |
9796 | } | |
9797 | ||
9798 | // | |
9799 | // ------ Cell, row and col deselection | |
9800 | // | |
9801 | ||
9802 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
9803 | { | |
9804 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
9805 | return; | |
9806 | ||
9807 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
9808 | { | |
9809 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
9810 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0); | |
9811 | } | |
9812 | else | |
9813 | { | |
9814 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
9815 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ ) | |
9816 | { | |
9817 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
9818 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i); | |
9819 | } | |
9820 | } | |
9821 | } | |
9822 | ||
9823 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
9824 | { | |
9825 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
9826 | return; | |
9827 | ||
9828 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
9829 | { | |
9830 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
9831 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col); | |
9832 | } | |
9833 | else | |
9834 | { | |
9835 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
9836 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ ) | |
9837 | { | |
9838 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
9839 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
9840 | } | |
9841 | } | |
9842 | } | |
9843 | ||
9844 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
9845 | { | |
9846 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
9847 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
9848 | } | |
9849 | ||
9850 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
9851 | { | |
9852 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
9853 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
9854 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
9855 | } | |
9856 | ||
9857 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
9858 | { | |
9859 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
9860 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
9861 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
9862 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
9863 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
9864 | } | |
9865 | ||
9866 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
9867 | { | |
9868 | if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; } | |
9869 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
9870 | } | |
9871 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
9872 | { | |
9873 | if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; } | |
9874 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
9875 | } | |
9876 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
9877 | { | |
9878 | if (!m_selection) { wxGridCellCoordsArray a; return a; } | |
9879 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
9880 | } | |
9881 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
9882 | { | |
9883 | if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; } | |
9884 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
9885 | } | |
9886 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
9887 | { | |
9888 | if (!m_selection) { wxArrayInt a; return a; } | |
9889 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
9890 | } | |
9891 | ||
9892 | ||
9893 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
9894 | { | |
9895 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
9896 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
9897 | if ( m_selection ) | |
9898 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
9899 | } | |
9900 | ||
9901 | ||
9902 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
9903 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
9904 | // | |
9905 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
9906 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
9907 | { | |
9908 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
9909 | wxRect cellRect; | |
9910 | ||
9911 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
9912 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
9913 | { | |
9914 | rect = cellRect; | |
9915 | } | |
9916 | else | |
9917 | { | |
9918 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); | |
9919 | } | |
9920 | ||
9921 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
9922 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
9923 | { | |
9924 | rect += cellRect; | |
9925 | } | |
9926 | else | |
9927 | { | |
9928 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
9929 | } | |
9930 | ||
9931 | int i, j; | |
9932 | int left = rect.GetLeft(); | |
9933 | int top = rect.GetTop(); | |
9934 | int right = rect.GetRight(); | |
9935 | int bottom = rect.GetBottom(); | |
9936 | ||
9937 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
9938 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
9939 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
9940 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
9941 | ||
9942 | if (left > right) | |
9943 | { | |
9944 | i = left; | |
9945 | left = right; | |
9946 | right = i; | |
9947 | i = leftCol; | |
9948 | leftCol=rightCol; | |
9949 | rightCol = i; | |
9950 | } | |
9951 | ||
9952 | if (top > bottom) | |
9953 | { | |
9954 | i = top; | |
9955 | top = bottom; | |
9956 | bottom = i; | |
9957 | i = topRow; | |
9958 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
9959 | bottomRow = i; | |
9960 | } | |
9961 | ||
9962 | ||
9963 | for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
9964 | { | |
9965 | for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ ) | |
9966 | { | |
9967 | if ((j==topRow) || (j==bottomRow) || (i==leftCol) || (i==rightCol)) | |
9968 | { | |
9969 | cellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
9970 | ||
9971 | if (cellRect.x < left) | |
9972 | left = cellRect.x; | |
9973 | if (cellRect.y < top) | |
9974 | top = cellRect.y; | |
9975 | if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right) | |
9976 | right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width; | |
9977 | if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom) | |
9978 | bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height; | |
9979 | } | |
9980 | else i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
9981 | } | |
9982 | } | |
9983 | ||
9984 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
9985 | // | |
9986 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
9987 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
9988 | ||
9989 | int cw, ch; | |
9990 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
9991 | ||
9992 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
9993 | return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0); | |
9994 | ||
9995 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
9996 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
9997 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
9998 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
9999 | ||
10000 | return rect; | |
10001 | } | |
10002 | ||
10003 | // | |
10004 | // ------ Grid event classes | |
10005 | // | |
10006 | ||
10007 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10008 | ||
10009 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10010 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
10011 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10012 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10013 | { | |
10014 | m_row = row; | |
10015 | m_col = col; | |
10016 | m_x = x; | |
10017 | m_y = y; | |
10018 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10019 | m_control = control; | |
10020 | m_shift = shift; | |
10021 | m_alt = alt; | |
10022 | m_meta = meta; | |
10023 | ||
10024 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10025 | } | |
10026 | ||
10027 | ||
10028 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10029 | ||
10030 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10031 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
10032 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10033 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10034 | { | |
10035 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
10036 | m_x = x; | |
10037 | m_y = y; | |
10038 | m_control = control; | |
10039 | m_shift = shift; | |
10040 | m_alt = alt; | |
10041 | m_meta = meta; | |
10042 | ||
10043 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10044 | } | |
10045 | ||
10046 | ||
10047 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
10048 | ||
10049 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
10050 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
10051 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
10052 | bool sel, bool control, | |
10053 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
10054 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
10055 | { | |
10056 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
10057 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
10058 | m_selecting = sel; | |
10059 | m_control = control; | |
10060 | m_shift = shift; | |
10061 | m_alt = alt; | |
10062 | m_meta = meta; | |
10063 | ||
10064 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10065 | } | |
10066 | ||
10067 | ||
10068 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
10069 | ||
10070 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
10071 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
10072 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
10073 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
10074 | { | |
10075 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
10076 | m_row = row; | |
10077 | m_col = col; | |
10078 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
10079 | } | |
10080 | ||
10081 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID | |
10082 |